m1117 Armored Security Vehicle (Asv) Turret

*TM 9-2320-309-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR
M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE (ASV) TURRET

NSN 2510-01-559-4843 (EIC : ALL)
ASV00004
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense and U.S. DoD contractors only. This publication is critical
technology, as determined on 1 2010. Other requests for this document will be referred to TACOM Life Cycle Management
Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCLMPP/TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 67299-7630.
WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et.
seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et.seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to
severe criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

June 2010
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING SUMMARY
FOR FIRST AID INFORMATION, REFER TO FM 4-25.11.
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains general safety and hazardous materials warnings that must be understood and
applied during operation and maintenance of the vehicle. Failure to observe these precautions or operate this vehicle
without training or instruction may result in serious injury or death to personnel.
1. EXPLANATION OF SAFETY WARNING ICONS
Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual.
WARNING ICON DESCRIPTION
BIOLOGICAL - abstract symbol bug shows that a material may contain bacteria or viruses
that present a danger to life or health.
EAR PROTECTION - headphones over ears show that noise level will harm ears.
EXPLOSION - rapidly expanding symbol shows that the material may explode if subjected
to high temperatures, sources of ignition, or high pressure.
FIRE - flame shows that material may ignite and cause burns.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER - fire extinguisher shows that material may ignite and a fire
extinguisher should be within easy reach.
a
TM 9-2320-309-10
Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual. - Continued
HEAVY PARTS - hand with heavy object on top shows that heavy parts can crush and
harm.
HEAVY PARTS - human figure stooping over heavy object shows physical injury potential
for improper lifting technique, and/or aid of soldier(s) and/or lifting device (as required).
HOT AREA - hand over object radiating heat shows that part is hot and can burn.
MOVING PARTS - hand with fingers caught between gears shows that the moving parts
of the equipment present a danger to life or limb.
PROJECTILE HAZARD - human body with object passing through it shows that a projectile
hazard exists.
RADIATION - three circular wedges show that the material emits radioactive energy and
can injure human tissue.
SEAT BELT USE - human figure wearing seat belt indicates a seat belt must be used to
prevent injury or death in the event of a vehicle crash or rollover.
b
TM 9-2320-309-10
Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual. - Continued
SKULL AND CROSSBONES - skull and crossbones indicates a poisonous condition may
be present which may cause injury or death to personnel.
SLICK FLOOR - wavy line on floor with legs prone shows that slick floor presents a danger
of falling.
VAPOR - human figure in a cloud shows that material vapors present a danger to life or
health.
WARNING - triangle with exclamation point within shows that a WARNING is present that
indicates a potential hazard, which may cause injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Gunner should always wear seat belt during vehicle operation. Belts should be adjusted to
remove slack to provide maximum protection. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
WARNING
Keep hands clear of hatch opening when lowering hatches. Failure to comply may result in
injury or death to personnel.
c
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING
If non-skid surfaces have become worn, a hazardous condition may exist for personnel
working on top of vehicle hull. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Particles blown by compressed air are hazardous. Ensure air stream is directed away from
user and other persons in area. Always wear safety glasses when using compressed air.
Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Cleaning solvent or mineral spirits paint thinner is flammable and should not be used near
an open flame. Fire extinguishers should be provided when these materials are used. Failure
to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Use only approved cleaning solvent and work in well-ventilated areas. Wear rubber gloves
when using solvents. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Respiratory protection, chemical splash goggles and rubber gloves are required when
performing any paint repairs. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
d
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING
Exhaust blower must be operating during firing of weapons to remove toxic gas caused by
smoke and fumes. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Ear protection should be worn when firing weapons. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
WARNING
If firing relay ON indicator light on weapon control lights up red when turret power switch is
moved to ON, a safety hazard exists, and machine guns may fire when machine gun switch
is placed in ARMED position. If this condition exists, immediately move turret power to OFF
and notify maintenance personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
WARNING
Last round override switch will not hold in override position unless last round indicator light
comes on. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
A safety hazard condition exists if grenade indicator lamps do not light up red. If this condition
exists, immediately move turret power switch to OFF position, and notify maintenance
personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
e
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of area. Keep launchers aimed downrange until grenades are
removed. Ensure smoke grenade arming switch is off before handling grenades. If misfired
grenades fire during unloading, personnel in area could be killed or injured. Any misfired
grenade must remain in the discharge tube for at least five minutes. Keep hatches closed
during this time. Only qualified ordnance personnel should troubleshoot grenade launchers.
An exploding or burning smoke grenade could kill or injure personnel.
WARNING
Firing machine guns with Turret Inhibit Override selected, will allow fired rounds to strike ASV
deck in certain azimuth positions. Operation of machine guns while in override may damage
vehicle or injure personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of the turret and basket area before operating turret. Failure
WARNING
Ensure weapons are clear of ammo before performing installation or removal procedures.
Accidental firing of machine guns could kill or injure personnel.
WARNING
M1 high-pressure test cartridges can explode. Do not use them unless trained to test fire
machine gun. Ensure the right test equipment is used. Failure to comply may result in injury
or death to personnel.
f
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING
Radio transmitter must not be operated within a distance of 6.6 ft. (2.0 meters) from launchers
during loading of grenades. Turret power must be off. Failure to comply may result in injury
WARNING
FRESH AIR control slide lever must be placed in OFF position when operating under threat
of NBC conditions. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
NBC contaminated filters must be handled using adequate precautions, as described in NBC
Field Manual (FM 3-11.5), and must be disposed of by trained personnel. Do not open NBC
filter boxes if NBC contamination is suspected. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
WARNING
After exposure to NBC contaminants, all air filters shall be handled with extreme caution.
Unprotected personnel may experience injury or death if residual toxic agents or radioactive
materials are present. Servicing personnel will wear protective clothing, including hoods,
masks, gloves and boots. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
All contaminated air filters are to be placed into double lined plastic bags and moved
immediately to a temporary segregation area away from the work site. The temporary
segregation area will be marked with the appropriate NBC warning signs. Final disposal of
contaminated air filters will be in accordance with local standard operating procedures. Failure
g
TM 9-2320-309-10
WARNING
If contaminated by radioactive dust, the Company NBC team will measure radiation before
removal to determine the extent of safety procedures required. Failure to comply may result
in injury or death to personnel.
WARNING
Each switch in the turret acts as a circuit breaker. If a switch suddenly moves to its off position
by itself, it is the result of an overloaded circuit. Do not hold the switch in the on position. This
will cause damage to circuits and/or equipment, possibly resulting in an electrical fire. Notify
maintenance personnel if this condition exists. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
WARNING
Do not allow bolt to slam forward when receiver cover is open. Ensure 40-mm machine gun
is clear of all ammunition and bolt is forward before removing back plate pin. Be prepared to
catch dropped/ejected live round. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
h
*TM 9-2320-309-10
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
NOTE:
*Supersedes TM 9-2320-309-10, 01 April 2003. Zero in the "Change
No." column indicates an original page or work package.
TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 48 AND

TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IS 79, CONSISTING OF THE
FOLLOWING:
Date of issue for the original manual is:
Original .................... 30 June 2010
Change Change
Page/WP No. No. Page/WP No. No.
Front Cover 0 WP 0031 (4 pages) 0

Warning Summary (8 pages) 0 WP 0032 (16 pages) 0
i - xxvi 0 WP 0033 (10 pages) 0
Chp 1 - General Information, Equipment 0 WP 0034 (12 pages) 0
Description, and Theory of Operation Chp 3 - Troubleshooting Procedures 0
WP 0001 (4 pages) 0 WP 0035 (2 pages) 0
WP 0002 (6 pages) 0 WP 0036 (4 pages) 0
WP 0003 (2 pages) 0 WP 0037 (4 pages) 0
Chp 2 - Operator Instructions 0 WP 0038 (2 pages) 0
WP 0004 (2 pages) 0 WP 0039 (2 pages) 0
WP 0005 (2 pages) 0 WP 0040 (2 pages) 0
WP 0006 (4 pages) 0 WP 0041 (2 pages) 0
WP 0007 (8 pages) 0 WP 0042 (2 pages) 0
WP 0008 (4 pages) 0 WP 0043 (4 pages) 0
WP 0009 (2 pages) 0 WP 0044 (10 pages) 0
WP 0010 (4 pages) 0 WP 0045 (2 pages) 0
WP 0011 (2 pages) 0 WP 0046 (6 pages) 0
WP 0012 (2 pages) 0 WP 0047 (8 pages) 0
WP 0013 (2 pages) 0 WP 0048 (2 pages) 0
WP 0014 (2 pages) 0 WP 0049 (4 pages) 0
WP 0015 (2 pages) 0 WP 0050 (4 pages) 0
WP 0016 (8 pages) 0 WP 0051 (4 pages) 0
WP 0017 (8 pages) 0 WP 0052 (4 pages) 0
WP 0018 (6 pages) 0 WP 0053 (4 pages) 0
WP 0019 (4 pages) 0 WP 0054 (6 pages) 0
WP 0020 (2 pages) 0 WP 0055 (4 pages) 0
WP 0021 (18 pages) 0 WP 0056 (2 pages) 0
WP 0022 (6 pages) 0 WP 0057 (4 pages) 0
WP 0023 (10 pages) 0 WP 0058 (6 pages) 0
WP 0024 (4 pages) 0 WP 0059 (4 pages) 0
WP 0025 (2 pages) 0 WP 0060 (2 pages) 0
WP 0026 (6 pages) 0 WP 0061 (2 pages) 0
WP 0027 (4 pages) 0 WP 0062 (2 pages) 0
WP 0028 (12 pages) 0 WP 0063 (6 pages) 0
WP 0029 (8 pages) 0 WP 0064 (4 pages) 0
WP 0030 (6 pages) 0 WP 0065 (2 pages) 0
A
TM 9-2320-309-10
Change Change
Page/WP No. No. Page/WP No. No.
WP 0066 (8 pages) 0 WP 0073 (10 pages) 0

WP 0067 (6 pages) 0 WP 0074 (2 pages) 0
Chp 4 - Preventive Maintenance Checks 0 Chp 6 - Supporting Information 0
and Services (PMCS) WP 0075 (2 pages) 0
WP 0068 (4 pages) 0 WP 0076 (2 pages) 0
WP 0069 (14 pages) 0 WP 0077 (2 pages) 0
Chp 5 - Maintenance Instructions 0 WP 0078 (4 pages) 0
WP 0070 (2 pages) 0 WP 0079 (10 pages) 0
WP 0071 (2 pages) 0 Index-1 - Index-4 0
WP 0072 (2 pages) 0 DA 2028 0
B
*TM 9-2320-309-10
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

Washington, D.C., 30 -XQH 2010
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATOR’S MANUAL FOR
M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE (ASV) TURRET
NSN 2510-01-559-4843 (EIC : ALL)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can help improve this publication. If you find any errors, or if you would like to recommend any
improvements to the procedures in this publication, please let us know. The preferred method is to
submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) through the
Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website. The Internet address is:
https://aeps.ria.army.mil. The DA Form 2028 is located under the Public Applications section in the
AEPS Public Home Page. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS will
enable us to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program.
You may also mail, email, or fax your comments on DA Form 2028 directly to the U.S. Army TACOM
Life Cycle Management Command. The postal mail address is: U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle
Management Command, ATTN: AMSTA-LCC-MPP / TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock
Island, IL 61299-7630. The email address is: [email protected]. The fax number
is DSN 793-0726 or Commercial (309) 782-0726.

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT D - Distribution authorized to the Department of Defense and U.S. DoD contractors only. This publication is critical
technology, as determined on -XQH 2010. Other requests for this document will be referred to86$UP\ TACOM Life Cycle Management
&RPPDQGATTN: AMSTA-LC/-MPP/TECH PUBS, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 67299-7630.
WARNING - This document contains technical data whose export is restricted by the Arms Export Control Act (Title 22, U.S.C., Sec 2751, et.
seq.) or the Export Administration Act of 1979, as amended, Title 50, U.S.C., App. 2401 et.seq. Violations of these export laws are subject to
severe criminal penalties. Disseminate in accordance with provisions of DoD Directive 5230.25.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE - Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
6XSHUVHGHV70$SULO
i/ii blank

TM 9-2320-309-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Warning Summary
How to Use this Manual
Chapter 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF

OPERATION
GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................................................................... WP 0001
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................... WP 0002
Figure 1. ASV Turret - Components............................................................. 0002-2
Table 1. Turret Components......................................................................... 0002-2
Figure 2. ASV Turret - Dimensions............................................................... 0002-4
THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................... WP 0003
Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
TURRET OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION...................................... WP 0004
GUNNER'S CONTROLS.............................................................................................................. WP 0005
Figure 1. Gunner's Controls - Main Turret Controls...................................... 0005-1
TURRET CONTROL PANEL........................................................................................................ WP 0006
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Turret Control Panel........................................... 0006-1
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Spotlight Switch.................................................. 0006-2
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL.................................................................................................... WP 0007
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 1)........................ 0007-1
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 2)........................ 0007-2
Figure 3. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Arming Switch.............................. 0007-3
Figure 4. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Inhibit Zones................................ 0007-4
Figure 5. Turret Controls - Inhibit Lamp........................................................ 0007-5
Figure 6. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Controls............................... 0007-6
Figure 7. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Firing Pattern....................... 0007-7
Figure 8. Turret Controls - Last Round Override.......................................... 0007-7
Figure 9. Turret Controls - Lamp Test All..................................................... 0007-8
TURRET TRAVERSE CONTROLS.............................................................................................. WP 0008
iii
TM 9-2320-309-10
TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 1. Turret Traverse Controls - Powered Turret Traverse (View 1)...... 0008-1
Figure 2. Turret Traverse Controls - Powered Turret Traverse (View 2)...... 0008-2
Figure 3. Turret Traverse Controls - Manual Turret Traverse...................... 0008-3
ELEVATION CONTROL............................................................................................................... WP 0009
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 1).................................. 0009-1
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 2).................................. 0009-2
GUNNER'S SEAT......................................................................................................................... WP 0010
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Seat (View 1)...................................... 0010-1
GUNNER'S HATCH...................................................................................................................... WP 0011
Figure 1. Gunner's Hatch (View 1)............................................................... 0011-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Hatch (View 2)............................................................... 0011-2
INTERIOR LIGHT......................................................................................................................... WP 0012
Figure 1. Interior Light (View 1).................................................................... 0012-1
Figure 2. Interior Light (View 2).................................................................... 0012-1
UTILITY LIGHT............................................................................................................................. WP 0013
Figure 1. Utility Light (View 1)....................................................................... 0013-1
Figure 2. Utility Light (View 2)....................................................................... 0013-2
GUNNER’S SIGHT....................................................................................................................... WP 0014
Figure 1. Gunner's Sight (View 1)................................................................. 0014-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Sight - Components....................................................... 0014-2
TURRET PERISCOPES............................................................................................................... WP 0015
Figure 1. Turret Periscopes (View 1)............................................................ 0015-1
Figure 2. Turret Periscopes (View 2)............................................................ 0015-2
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION.......................................................................... WP 0016
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Installation (View 1).................................. 0016-1
iv
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. 40-MM Machine Gun - Installation (View 10).............................. 0016-6
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN REMOVAL.................................................................................. WP 0017
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Removal (View 1)..................................... 0017-2
Figure 10. 40-MM Machine Gun - Removal (View 10)................................. 0017-7
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION.......................................................................... WP 0018
v
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Installation (View 1)......................... 0018-2
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL.................................................................................. WP 0019
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Removal (View 1)............................ 0019-2
MINOR BORESIGHTING INTRODUCTION................................................................................ WP 0020
MINOR BORESIGHTING............................................................................................................. WP 0021
Figure 1. Gunner's Sight - Minor Boresighting (View 1)............................... 0021-2
Figure 10. Gunner's Sight - Minor Boresighting (View 10)........................... 0021-7
vi
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION LOADING...................................................................................... WP 0022
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Ammunition - Loading (View 1)................................ 0022-2
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN AMMUNITION LOADING........................................................... WP 0023
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition - Loading (View 1)................... 0023-2
vii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition - Loading (View 10)............... 0023-6
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK............................................................. WP 0024
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition - Replenishing To Last Link (View 1)............ 0024-1
TURN TURRET POWER ON/OFF............................................................................................... WP 0025
Figure 1. Turret Power - Turn On (View 1)................................................... 0025-1
Figure 2. Turret Power - Turn On (View 2)................................................... 0025-1
Figure 3. Turret Power - Turn Off (View 1)................................................... 0025-2
Figure 4. Turret Power - Turn Off (View 2)................................................... 0025-2
GUNNER’S PROCEDURE........................................................................................................... WP 0026
Figure 1. Turret Power and Exhaust Blower Switch - On............................. 0026-1
Figure 2. Machine Gun Arming Switch - Selected........................................ 0026-2
Figure 3. Traverse Power Switch - On......................................................... 0026-3
Figure 4. Manual Engage Lever - Engaged.................................................. 0026-4
Figure 5. Elevation Control Handle - Engaged............................................. 0026-4
viii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
MANUAL TURRET OPERATIONS.............................................................................................. WP 0027
Figure 1. Manual Traverse Handle - Engaged............................................. 0027-1
Figure 2. Elevation Control Handle - Engaged............................................. 0027-2
Figure 3. Rear Mantlet Cover - Removed..................................................... 0027-3
Figure 4. Manual Trigger Switch - Manual Engagement.............................. 0027-4
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN FIRING....................................................................................... WP 0028
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Firing (View 1).......................................... 0028-1
Figure 10. 40-MM Machine Gun - Firing (View 10)...................................... 0028-7
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN FIRING........................................................................................ WP 0029
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Firing (View 1)................................. 0029-1
ix
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Firing (View 10)............................. 0029-6
GRENADE LAUNCHERS............................................................................................................. WP 0030
Figure 1. Grenade - Launchers (View 1)...................................................... 0030-1
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS........................................................................ WP 0031
Figure 1. Turret Switch - Off......................................................................... 0031-1
Figure 2. Smoke Grenades Arming Switch - Off.......................................... 0031-2
Figure 3. Smoke Grenade Launchers - Unloaded........................................ 0031-3
WEAPONS CLEARING................................................................................................................ WP 0032
Figure 1. Weapons Clearing - 40-MM Machine Gun (View 1)...................... 0032-2
x
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. Weapons Clearing - 40-MM Machine Gun (View 10).................. 0032-8
Figure 15. Weapons Clearing - M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun (View 1).......... 0032-11
Figure 24. Weapons Clearing - M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun (View 10)........ 0032-16
STOPPAGE IMMEDIATE ACTIONS............................................................................................ WP 0033
Figure 1. Stoppage Immediate Actions - 40-MM Machine Gun (View 1)..... 0033-1
xi
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. Stoppage Immediate Actions - 40-MM Machine Gun

(View 10)........................................................................................................ 0033-7
Figure 11. Stoppage Immediate Actions - M48 .50-Cal. Machine

Gun (View 1)................................................................................................... 0033-9

Gun (View 2)................................................................................................... 0033-9

Gun (View 3)................................................................................................... 0033-10
WEAPON MALFUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS............................................................................... WP 0034
Figure 1. Weapon Malfunction Descriptions - Uncontrolled

Automatic Fire (40-MM Machine Gun) (View 1)............................................. 0034-2









Automatic Fire (40-MM Machine Gun) (View 10)........................................... 0034-7

Automatic Fire (40-MM Machine Gun) (View 11)........................................... 0034-8

Automatic Fire (M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun) (View 1).................................... 0034-9
xii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.






Chapter 3 - TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE................................ WP 0035
NBC SYSTEM - NBC HEATER BLOWS COLD AIR.................................................................... WP 0036
Figure 1. Master Power Switch to On Position - Test 1................................ 0036-1
Figure 2. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to On Position - Test 1.................. 0036-1
Figure 3. NBC Fan Switch to On Position - Test 1....................................... 0036-2
Figure 4. NBC Heater Control - Test 2.......................................................... 0036-2
Figure 7. NBC Fan Switch to On Position - Test 3....................................... 0036-3
Figure 8. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to Off Position - Test 3.................. 0036-4
Figure 9. NBC Fan Switch to Off Position - Test 3....................................... 0036-4
Figure 10. Master Power Switch to Off Position - Test 3.............................. 0036-4
NBC SYSTEM - NBC CIRCUIT BREAKERS DO NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION.................... WP 0037
Figure 3. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to Off Position - Test 1.................. 0037-2
Figure 4. NBC Fan Switch to Off Position - Test 1....................................... 0037-2
xiii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 5. Master Power Switch to Off Position - Test 1................................ 0037-2
GUNNER'S SEAT - DOES NOT LOCK INTO POSITION............................................................ WP 0038
Figure 1. Seat Release Handle - Test 1....................................................... 0038-1
GUNNER'S SEAT - SEAT DIFFICULT OR UNABLE TO UNLOCK FROM SET POSITION....... WP 0039
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN 15-DEGREE OR 90-DEGREE POSITION............. WP 0040
Figure 1. Hatch Position Handle - Test 1...................................................... 0040-1
Figure 2. Hatch Position Handle - Test 2...................................................... 0040-2
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN CLOSED POSITION.............................................. WP 0041
Figure 1. Gunners Hatch Seal - Test 1......................................................... 0041-1
Figure 2. Gunners Hatch Latch - Test 2....................................................... 0041-2
Figure 3. Gunners Hatch Latch - Test 3....................................................... 0041-2
GUNNER'S SIGHT - MOISTURE INSIDE OF SIGHT.................................................................. WP 0042
Figure 1. Night Sight - Test 1........................................................................ 0042-1
ELEVATION CONTROL - DOES NOT ELEVATE OR DEPRESS............................................... WP 0043
Figure 1. Mantlet and Vehicle - Test 1.......................................................... 0043-1
Figure 2. Elevation Control - Test 2.............................................................. 0043-2
Figure 3. Elevation Control - Test 3.............................................................. 0043-3
Figure 4. Elevation Control - Test 4............................................................... 0043-4
POWER ASSIST TRAVERSE MECHANISM - TURRET DOES NOT POWER TRAVERSE...... WP 0044
Figure 1. Traverse Power Switch to On Position - Test 1............................. 0044-1
Figure 2. Driver's and Commander's Hatches - Test 2................................. 0044-2
Figure 3. Turret Override Switch to Override Position - Test 3..................... 0044-3
Figure 4. Turret Override Switch to Off - Test 3........................................... 0044-3
Figure 5. Turret and Hull - Test 4................................................................. 0044-3
xiv
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 6. Traverse Motor - Test 5................................................................. 0044-4
Figure 7. Traverse Control Panel and Turret Wiring Harness - Test 6......... 0044-5
Figure 8. Turret Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 7............................. 0044-6
Figure 10. Transmission Circuit Breaker Switch (CB11) to On

Position - Test 8.............................................................................................. 0044-7
Figure 11. Ignition Switch to Run Position - Test 8....................................... 0044-7
Figure 12. Pushbutton Shift Selector in Neutral (N) Position - Test 8.......... 0044-7
Figure 13. Voltmeter Gauge - Test 8............................................................ 0044-8
Figure 14. Transmission Circuit Breaker Switch (CB11) to Off

Position - Test 8.............................................................................................. 0044-8
TRAVERSE MECHANISM - DOES NOT MANUALLY TRAVERSE ........................................... WP 0045
Figure 1. Turret and Hull - Test 1................................................................. 0045-1
Figure 2. Manual Traverse Handle - Test 2.................................................. 0045-2
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON

POSITION.................................................................................................................................... WP 0046
Figure 2. Traverse Control Panel and Turret Wiring Harness - Test 2......... 0046-2
Figure 3. Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 3........................................ 0046-3
Figure 4. Slip Ring Wiring Harness - Test 4................................................. 0046-3
Figure 6. Turret Power Switch to On Position - Test 5................................. 0046-4
Figure 7. Turret Control Panel Turret Power Switch to On Position

- Test 5......................................................................................................... 0046-4
Figure 8. Turret Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off Position

- Test 5......................................................................................................... 0046-5
Figure 9. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off

Position - Test 5.............................................................................................. 0046-5
xv
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION

BUT RETURNS TO OFF POSITION WHEN RELEASED........................................................... WP 0047
Figure 1. Turret Power Switch in Off Position - Test 1................................. 0047-1
Figure 2. Master Power Switch in Off Position - Test 1................................ 0047-1
Figure 3. Turret Wiring Harness Connector - Test 1.................................... 0047-2
Figure 6. Turret Wiring Harness Connectors - Test 4................................... 0047-4
Figure 10. Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5............................... 0047-6
Figure 12. Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5............................... 0047-6
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SPOTLIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH TURRET

POWER ON.................................................................................................................................. WP 0048
Figure 1. Turret Spotlight Switch - Test 1..................................................... 0048-1
Figure 2. Spotlight Cable - Test 1................................................................. 0048-2
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET
POWER ON.................................................................................................................................. WP 0049
Figure 1. Sight Power Switch to On Position - Test 1................................... 0049-1
Figure 2. Reticle and Tube Brightness Knobs - Test 2. ............................... 0049-2
Figure 4. Turret Wiring Harness - Test 4...................................................... 0049-3
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON

POSITION.................................................................................................................................... WP 0050
xvi
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 2. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to On

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0050-1

- Test 1......................................................................................................... 0050-2
Figure 5. Sight Power Switch to Off Position - Test 1................................... 0050-3

- Test 1......................................................................................................... 0050-3

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0050-3
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH

TURRET POWER ON.................................................................................................................. WP 0051
Figure 1. Exhaust Blower Electrical Connectors - Test 1............................. 0051-1
Figure 2. Exhaust Blower Power Switch to On Position - Test 2.................. 0051-2
Figure 3. Exhaust Blower Power Switch to Off Position - Test 2.................. 0051-2
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON

POSITION.................................................................................................................................... WP 0052

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0052-1

- Test 1......................................................................................................... 0052-2
Figure 4. Exhaust Blower Switch to On Position - Test 1............................. 0052-2
Figure 5. Exhaust Blower Switch to Off Position - Test 1............................. 0052-3

- Test 1......................................................................................................... 0052-3

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0052-3
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - FIRING RELAY INDICATOR ILLUMINATES WHEN

TURRET CONTROL PANEL TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION......... WP 0053
xvii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 1. Master Power Switch to On Postion - Test 1................................. 0053-1
Figure 2. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power to On Position - Test 1......... 0053-2

- Test 1......................................................................................................... 0053-2
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Firing Relay On Indicator - Test 1........... 0053-3
Figure 5. Turret Control Panel Turret Power to Off Position - Test 1........... 0053-3

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0053-4
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - MACHINE GUN ARMING SWITCH DOES NOT STAY
ARMED WITH TURRET POWER ON.......................................................................................... WP 0054
Figure 1. Power Relay Assembly Harness Connectors - Test 1.................. 0054-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Harness Connectors - Test 2.................. 0054-2

Position - Test 3.............................................................................................. 0054-3

- Test 3......................................................................................................... 0054-3
Figure 6. Gunner's Control Panel Arming Switch - Test 3............................ 0054-4

- Test 3......................................................................................................... 0054-4

Position - Test 3.............................................................................................. 0054-5
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - LAST ROUND OVERRIDE SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN
IN OVERRIDE POSITION............................................................................................................ WP 0055
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition Box - Test 1................................................... 0055-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Light - Test 1......... 0055-2
Figure 3. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Override Switch to

Override Position - Test 2............................................................................... 0055-3
xviii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Override Switch to

Off Position - Test 2........................................................................................ 0055-3
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK...................... WP 0056
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition - Test 1.......................................................... 0056-1
Figure 2. Open Ammunition Box Doors - Test 1........................................... 0056-2
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE.............................................................. WP 0057
Figure 1. Ammunition in Feed Slide Assembly - Test 1................................ 0057-1
Figure 2. 40-MM Machine Gun Charger Slide - Test 2................................. 0057-2
Figure 3. 40-MM Machine Gun Charger Chain and Charger

Assembly - Test 3........................................................................................... 0057-3
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE..................................................................... WP 0058
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun in Fire Position - Test 1............................... 0058-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Lamp - Test 4........ 0058-3
Figure 3. 40-MM Ammunition Box - Test 5................................................... 0058-4
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Lamp - Test 5........ 0058-5
Figure 5. 40-MM Machine Gun Firing Solenoid - Test 6............................... 0058-5
Figure 6. 40-MM Machine Gun Firing Solenoid Harness Connector

- Test 7......................................................................................................... 0058-6
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - MISFIRE OF 40-MM ROUND.................................................. WP 0059
Figure 2. 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 1.................................... 0059-2
Figure 3. Turret Power Switch in Off Position - Test 2................................. 0059-2
Figure 4. 40-MM Machine Gun Feed Slide Assembly - Test 2..................... 0059-3
Figure 5. Gunner's Control Panel Machine Gun Arming Switch to

Off Position - Test 3........................................................................................ 0059-4
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AUTOMATIC FIRING IS UNCONTROLLED........................... WP 0060
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - WEAPON FIRES AT INTERMITTENT SPEEDS..................... WP 0061
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - COVER DOES NOT CLOSE................................................... WP 0062
xix
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun Feed Slide Assembly - Test 1..................... 0062-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK....................... WP 0063
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun in Safe Position - Test 1.................... 0063-1
Figure 2. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 2.......................... 0063-2
Figure 3. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Receiver Cover - Test 3.................... 0063-2
Figure 4. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Bellmouth Chute - Test 4................... 0063-3
Figure 5. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Shoulder Shaft................................... 0063-4
Figure 6. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Feed Mechanism Rollers - Test 6..... 0063-4
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE...................................................................... WP 0064
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Inhibit Indicator Lamp - Test 2................. 0064-1
Figure 2. M48 .50-cal. Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 3........................... 0064-2
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE.............................................................. WP 0065
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Test 1.............................................. 0065-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - MACHINE GUN DOES NOT FIRE ELECTRICALLY............... WP 0066
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Machine Gun Arming Switch - Test 1...... 0066-1
Figure 2. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Solenoid - Test 3............................... 0066-2

Position - Test 4.............................................................................................. 0066-3
Figure 4. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Solenoid Harness - Test 4................. 0066-3
Figure 6. Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 8........................................ 0066-4
Figure 8. Transmission Circuit Breaker to On Position - Test 9................... 0066-5
Figure 9. Shift Selector to Neutral Position - Test 9..................................... 0066-6
Figure 10. Ignition Switch to Run Position - Test 9....................................... 0066-6
Figure 11. Voltmeter Gauge - Test 9............................................................ 0066-6
Figure 12. Ignition Switch to Off Position - Test 9........................................ 0066-7
xx
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 13. Transmission Circuit Breaker to Off Position - Test 9................. 0066-7
GRENADE LAUNCHERS - GRENADE LAUNCHER CONTROL FAILS..................................... WP 0067
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Arm

Position - Test 1.............................................................................................. 0067-1
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Off

Position - Test 2.............................................................................................. 0067-2
Figure 3. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Off

Position - Test 3.............................................................................................. 0067-3
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off

Position - Test 4.............................................................................................. 0067-4
Figure 6. Smoke Grenade Launcher Assembly Harness

Connector - Test 4.......................................................................................... 0067-4
Chapter 4 - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)........... WP 0068
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).......................................... WP 0069
Table 1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND

SERVICES (PMCS)........................................................................................ 0069-1
Figure 1. PMCS Before Checks - Spent Cartridge Bag................................ 0069-2
Figure 2. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Seat......................................... 0069-3
Figure 3. PMCS Before Checks - Periscopes.............................................. 0069-4
Figure 4. PMCS Before Checks - Elevation Control Handle........................ 0069-5
Figure 5. PMCS Before Checks - Turret Control Panel................................ 0069-6
Figure 6. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Control Panel........................... 0069-6
Figure 7. PMCS Before Checks - Interior Light............................................ 0069-7
Figure 8. PMCS Before Checks - Turret Override........................................ 0069-9
Figure 9. PMCS Before Checks - Last Round Override............................... 0069-10
Figure 10. PMCS Before Checks - Exhaust Blower..................................... 0069-11
Figure 11. PMCS Before Checks - Smoke Grenade Launchers.................. 0069-12
xxi
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 12. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Sight....................................... 0069-13
Chapter 5 - MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS....................................................................................................... WP 0070
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................................. WP 0071
CARE, HANDLING, PRESERVATION, AND PACKING.............................................................. WP 0072
TYPES OF AMMUNITION............................................................................................................ WP 0073
Figure 1. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M385A1 Training

Practice (TP)................................................................................................... 0073-1
Figure 2. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M383 High

Explosive (HE)................................................................................................ 0073-2

Explosive Tracer (HE-T)................................................................................. 0073-3

Explosive Dual Purpose (HEDP).................................................................... 0073-4
Figure 5. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Armor Piercing (AP)............... 0073-4
Figure 6. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M8 Armor Piercing

Incendiary (API).............................................................................................. 0073-5
Figure 7. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M20 Armor Piercing

Incendiary-Tracer (API-T)............................................................................... 0073-5
Figure 8. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Ball......................................... 0073-6
Figure 9. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M33 Ball....................................... 0073-6
Figure 10. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 Incendiary............................. 0073-6
Figure 11. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M23 Incendiary........................... 0073-6
Figure 12. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M10 Tracer................................. 0073-7
Figure 13. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M17 Tracer................................. 0073-7
Figure 14. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 Tracer................................... 0073-7
Figure 15. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 High-Pressure Test.............. 0073-7
Figure 16. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 Blank.................................... 0073-8
Figure 17. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1A1 Blank................................ 0073-8
Figure 18. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Dummy................................. 0073-8
xxii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 19. M257 Grenade Launcher - UK L8A1 (RP) Smoke

Screen Grenade............................................................................................. 0073-9
Figure 20. M257 Grenade Launcher - UK L8A3 (RP) Red

Phosphorus Smoke Screen Grenade............................................................. 0073-10
AMMUNITION STOWAGE LOCATIONS..................................................................................... WP 0074
Figure 1. Ammunition Stowage Locations - .50-Cal. Machine Gun

Ammunition..................................................................................................... 0074-1
Figure 2. Ammunition Stowage Locations - Smoke Grenades..................... 0074-2
Chapter 6 - SUPPORTING INFORMATION
REFERENCES............................................................................................................................. WP 0075
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS........................ WP 0076
Table 1. Usable On Codes............................................................................ 0076-1
Table 2. Components of End Item................................................................. 0076-2
Table 3. Basic Issue Items............................................................................ 0076-2
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST.............................................................................. WP 0077
Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List............................ 0077-2
WHEEL CHOCKS INSTALLATION/REMOVAL........................................................................... WP 0078
Figure 1. Wheel Chocks - Removed from Stowage..................................... 0078-1
Figure 2. Wheel Chocks - Installation........................................................... 0078-2
Figure 3. Wheel Chocks - Removal.............................................................. 0078-2
Figure 4. Wheel Chocks - Placed for Stowage............................................. 0078-3
ENGINE STARTING AND SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES........................................................... WP 0079
Figure 1. Engine Starting Procedure - Starting (View 1). ............................ 0079-1
xxiii
TM 9-2320-309-10
WP Sequence No.
Page No.
Figure 10. Engine Starting Procedure - Starting (View 10). ........................ 0079-6
Figure 11. Engine Starting Procedure - Starting (View 11). ........................ 0079-7
Figure 12. Engine Shutdown Procedure - Shutdown (View 1). ................... 0079-8
Figure 13. Engine Shutdown Procedure - Shutdown (View 2)..................... 0079-9
Index
xxiv
TM 9-2320-309-10
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual contains instructions for safe and efficient operation of the M1117 Armored Security Vehicle (ASV)
Turret Weapon Station, manufactured by Textron Marine & Land Systems, U.S.A. These instructions provide the
user with a general knowledge of the equipment, characteristics, and operating procedures of the ASV.
Troubleshooting and maintenance procedures are provided at crew maintenance levels.
This manual provides operating instructions for circumstances that may be encountered during mission operations.
Emergencies, adverse weather, terrain, or other conditions may require changes to these basic procedures.
Operating instructions for most circumstances will be provided, but the user's best guide will be knowledge of the
vehicle and its operation. In an emergency, a quick instinctive response based on that knowledge is essential.
This manual contains a "References" Work Package (WP). Occasionally a different Technical Manual (TM) will be
referenced in the text of this manual. A link will appear in parenthesis along with the manual that is referenced. The
link lists the references WP in the manual. This will allow the user to see the TM number and the title.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
The table of contents provides a quick reference to assist in finding the required information.
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES
Warning, caution, and note headings and certain essential information are printed in BOLD type for clarity. This is
critical data to ensure personal safety, prevent damage to the vehicle, and clarify unique data or procedures used
on the ASV.
CHAPTER 1 GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION
Chapter 1 presents general information, as well as the characteristics, capabilities, and features of the ASV turret.
Also included in Chapter 1 is ASV turret data and theory of operation.
CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
Operator instructions are listed in Chapter 2 for individual equipment items in the turret. Included are instructions for
removing and installing the machine guns, care of the weapons, and immediate actions should they misfire. Also in
this chapter are descriptions and instructions for operating the controls for the weapons and the turret. Chapter 2
provides instructions for operating the NBC system, loading ammunition, lubrication, boresighting, and operating the
turret, grenade launchers, and weapons.
CHAPTER 3 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Chapter 3 provides troubleshooting procedures for various malfunctions that may occur during turret operation.
CHAPTER 4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
Chapter 4 lists operator level preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS) that are performed before vehicle
operation, while it is being operated, and after the mission is completed. The PMCS table lists the item to be checked
or serviced, the check or service procedure, and the criteria for determining whether the equipment being checked
is ready for its mission.
xxv
TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 5 MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
Chapter 5 lists operator level cleaning and lubrication procedures for the M1117 ASV. Details for cleaning the exterior
and interior of the M117 ASV are given. Lubrication procedures are presented to prepare vehicle for operation.
Operator level care and handling procedures are presented to preserve the ammunition used on the M1117 ASV.
Handling guidance is given for unpacking ammunition before M1117 ASV mission operation, care while M1117 ASV
is being operated, and storing ammunition after mission completion. Ammunition types are described for proper
recognition, care, and use, as required by mission goals. Stowage information shows how to properly store each
type of ammunition. Proper care, handling, and stowage of ammunition helps keep the M1117 ASV ready for its
mission.
CHAPTER 6 SUPPORTING INFORMATION
Chapter 6 lists the regulations, forms, pamphlets, field manuals, technical bulletins, and technical manual references
that apply to this manual. Components of end items and basic issue items inform where component information is
stored. Expendable items used in the care of the M1117 ASV are listed for easy reference. Specific information on
wheel chock use is given in detail for proper operation. Engine starting and shutdown procedures are given for
consistent use with operating procedures throughout the manual.
xxvi
TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT

DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF OPERATION
TM 9-2320-309-10 0001
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
NOTE
These procedures are provided to give instructions for safe and efficient turret operation.
Personnel assigned as ASV crewmembers should have successfully completed the
operator’s training course as prescribed by the manufacturer.
This operator's manual provides detailed instructions for operation and operator's maintenance of the M1117 ASV
machine gun turret and its associated components.
This manual provides information and procedures for operating and maintaining the ASV turret under all mission
operating environments.
The following information is included in this technical manual:
• ASV turret description and use
• Turret specifications
• Description and function of gunner’s controls and indicators
• Preventive maintenance checks and services (PMCS)
• Troubleshooting procedures
MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS
The Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) pamphlet, DA PAM 750-8.
EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you don’t like about your equipment. Let us
know why you don’t like the design or performance.
(The E-Mail address is: [email protected].) We will send you a reply. The preferred method
for submitting Quality Deficiency Reports (QDRs) is through the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website
under the Electronic Deficiency Reporting System (EDRS). The web address is: https://aeps.ria.army.mil. If the
above method is not available to you, put it on an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report), and mail it to us at:
TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
Attn: AMSTA-LC-LPIT/TECH PUBS
1 Rock Island Arsenal
Rock Island, IL 67299-7630
DESTRUCTION OF TURRET
GENERAL
NOTE
For detailed procedures, refer to TM 750-244-6, Procedures and Destruction of
Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use.
Destruction orders for the turret must come from the unit commander. When the unit commander cannot be
contacted, the vehicle commander will make the decision.
0001-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0001
GENERAL - Continued
NOTE
If possible, take costly and hard-to-replace equipment when evacuating.
The most important condition for destroying the turret is when enemy capture or abandonment of the vehicle in
enemy territory is imminent.
Follow all safety precautions.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A/C Air Conditioning or Air Conditioner
AP Armor-Piercing
API Armor-Piercing Incendiary
API-T Armor-Piercing Incendiary Tracer
ASV M1117 Armored Security Vehicle
BII Basic Issue Items
BO Blackout
C Celsius
CG Center of Gravity
DA Department of the Army
EIR Equipment Improvement Report (SF Form 368)
EMER Emergency
F Fahrenheit
FGC Functional Group Code
GMD Grease, Molybdenum Disulfide
GFE Government Furnished Equipment
GO Gear Oil
GPS Global Positioning System
GVW Gross Vehicle Weight
HE High Explosive
HE-T High Explosive Tracer
HED-P High Explosive Dual Purpose
0001-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0001
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS - Continued
HTR Heater
HWY Highway
ILS Integrated Logistic Support
kph Kilometers Per Hour
LO Lubrication Order
MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart
MEXAS Modular Expandable Armor System
mph Miles Per Hour
NBC Nuclear, Biological, or Chemical
NSN National Stock Number
OT Operational Test
PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
QDR Quality Deficiency Report (SF Form 368)
RPSTL Repairable Parts, Special Tools List
SAMS Standard Army Maintenance System
TAMMS The Army Maintenance Management System
TI Technical Inspection
TIPS Tool Improvement Program Suggestion
TM Technical Manual
TMDE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment
TP Training Practice
ULLS Unit Level Logistics System
XC Cross Country
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0001-3/0001-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
GENERAL
This work package details characteristics, capabilities, and features of the M1117 ASV turret, as well as applicable
components, documents, and specifications.
ASV TURRET CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
The ASV turret assembly is a closely integrated weapon station with all primary and secondary sighting and weapon
systems tightly linked together. The ASV is designed to support both peacetime and wartime mission requirements
including: security operations, battlefield circulation control, personnel transport, and military law enforcement. The
ASV will operate under all environmental conditions including arctic weather. The turret must keep closely linked
with the rest of the ASV crew. To ensure constant communication between the turret gunner and the rest of the ASV
crew, electrical and radio continuity is maintained by an electrical slip ring mounted on the floor of the turret basket.
The gunner's feet are protected from the slip ring by the guard plate.
The gunner sits in the basket portion of the turret which is constructed of armor plating. The turret provides extra
protection to the gunner. The turret traverses 360 degrees using electrical power and is supported by a ring gear
bearing. In the event of a power failure, the turret may be traversed manually. Weapon elevation and depression is
controlled manually by an elevation control unit.
The turret is equipped with a 24-volt spotlight for night operations and is mounted coaxially on the M48 .50-cal.
machine gun mount. Additional features include a gunner’s day/night sight (M36E3), adjustable view periscopes, an
adjustable gunner’s seat, crash pads, ammunition box storage racks for each machine gun, and a spent cartridge
collection system for the M48 .50-cal. machine gun. The machine guns are fired electrically by 24-volt solenoid
actuated triggers. A gun selector switch on the gunner's control panel enables firing of either the 40-mm or the
M48 .50-cal. machine gun separately. In the event of a power failure, both machine guns may be fired manually.
0002-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
TURRET COMPONENTS
Basic ASV turret and turret components are shown and described below.
14
1 2
13
12
11
10
4
9 5
7 ASV01419
Figure 1. ASV Turret - Components.
Table 1. Turret Components.
Key Component Description
1 Gunner's Hatch Allows access to turret.
2 M257 Smoke Grenade Launchers Provides smoke cover in tactical situations.

(2 Each)
3 Periscope (7 Each) Provides 360-degree field of vision.
4 Gunner's Seat Provides position for turret operator during use of ASV.
5 Power Relay Panel Provides power to turret.
6 Turret Basket Houses the gunner's seat and control components.
7 Slip Ring Transfers signals between turret components and hull.
0002-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
Table 1. Turret Components. - Continued
Key Component Description
8 M48 .50-Cal. Spent Cartridge Bag Captures and stores spent ammunition from .50-cal. machine
gun.
9 40-mm MK19 Machine Gun Primary weapon system for direct and indirect targeting.
10 M48 .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun Coax weapon system for direct targeting.
11 Lifting Eye (3 Each) Aids in maintenance procedures.
12 5.56-mm M249 Machine Gun Secondary weapon system for small arms targeting.
13 Spotlight Provides illumination outside of turret and vehicle.
14 M36E3 Day/Night Sight Provides view for target acquisition during tactical operations.
APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS
TM 9-2320-309-23 TECHNICAL MANUAL FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR M1117 ARMORED SECURITY
VEHICLE (ASV) TURRET (NSN 2320-01-437-6957) (EIC : ALL).
TM 9-2320-309-24P REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE
(ASV) TURRET (NSN 2320-01-437-6957) (EIC : ALL).
TM 9-1010-230-23&P TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR
MACHINE GUN, 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 (NSN 1010-01-126-9063) (EIC : 4AE).
TM 9-1005-213-23&P TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE FOR MACHINE
GUNS, CALIBER .50: M2, HEAVY BARREL (NSN 1005-00-322-9715) (EIC : 4AG).
TM 9-1040-267-20&P LAUNCHER, GRENADE, SMOKE: SCREENING, RP, M243 (NSN 1040-01-059-0560), M257
(NSN 1040-01-070-1213) AND M259 (NSN 1040-01-107-7501).
TM 9-2320-307-10 OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE (ASV) HULL (NSN
2320-01-437-6957) (EIC : ALL).
TM 9-2320-307-23 TECHNICAL MANUAL FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR M1117 ARMORED SECURITY
VEHICLE (ASV) HULL (NSN 2320-01-437-6957) (EIC : ALL).
TM 9-2320-307-24P REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE
(ASV) HULL (NSN 2320-01-437-6957) (EIC: ALL).
0002-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
TURRET DIMENSIONS
ASV turret dimensions are shown below.
72 IN.
(183 cm)
24 IN.
(60.9 cm)
44 IN.
(111.7 cm)
ASV00006
Figure 2. ASV Turret - Dimensions.
SPECIFICATIONS
Hull:
Height (overall) 68 in. (172 cm)
Width or diameter 54 in. (137 cm)
Length, without armament 72 in. (184 cm)
Weight 2350 lbs. (1068 kg)
Gunner's hatch 1
Controls:
Power assist traverse 360 degrees continuous with manual backup
0002-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
SPECIFICATIONS - Continued
Traverse rate 45 degrees/second power

0.25 - 7 degrees/second manual
Elevation +45 degrees
Depression -8 degrees
Manual elevation rate 15 degrees/second
Armor Ballistic Steel Plate
Weapons:
Primary Type: 40-mm MK19 Mod 3

Rate of fire: 325 - 375 rounds/min
Ready rounds: 96
Coaxial Type: M48 .50-cal. M2HB

Rate of fire: 450 - 600 rounds/min
Ready rounds: 200
Secondary (pintle mount) Type: 5.56-mm M249
Grenades (8 tubes) Type: M257 Smoke

Ready rounds: 4 grenades/launcher
Firing Accuracy:
40-mm burst 2 at 5 rounds; accurate engagement at 3,281 ft. (1000 m)
M48 .50-cal. burst 2 at 10 rounds; accurate engagement at 3,281 ft. (1000 m)
Sighting:
Gunner’s day/night sight M36E3
Adjustable periscope +60 degrees max

-10 degrees min
Sight point from vehicle:
Sides (turret gunner’s seat) 30.9 feet (9.4 m)
0002-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0002
SPECIFICATIONS - Continued
Electrical:
Power requirement 24 Vdc
Spotlight 135 watts, 100,000 candlepower
Utility light with red and white 1

light
Interior light with blue and white 1

light
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0002-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0003
THEORY OF OPERATION
SCOPE
This section includes descriptions of major components and systems.
Armor
The M1117 turret hull is constructed of welded, high-hardness ballistic plate. External bolt-on ceramic plates and an
internal spall liner provide increased vehicle and crew protection, giving protection against small arms fire, grenades,
and antipersonnel mines. All exposed surfaces are designed for maximum ricochet and crew protection.
Gunner’s Sight
The gunner's sight provides day/night sighting capabilities for target acquisition from within the M1117 ASV turret.
Periscopes
Periscopes provide the gunner with a field of vision of 360 degrees, eliminating the need to traverse the turret. They
can be adjusted to view upwards or downwards, and can be closed for blackout operations.
Traverse Control
The traverse control gives the gunner both power-assisted and manual capability to continuously rotate the turret to
either the left or the right.
Elevation Control
The elevation control allows the gunner to elevate or depress the main and auxiliary weapons.
Turret Control Panel
The turret control panel provides the main electrical controls for turret operations.
Gunner’s Control Panel
The gunner's control panel houses the controls for firing the turret weapons.
Gunner’s Seat
The gunner's seat allows the gunner to adjust the seat up and down for operating above or below the gunner’s hatch.
Utility Light
The utility light provides directional lighting inside the turret for normal and blackout operation. The light beam can
be adjusted for floodlight or spotlight operation.
Intercom
The intercom allows the gunner to communicate internally and externally using the vehicle communication system.
0003-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0003
Slip Ring
The slip ring provides electrical, NBC, and communications connections between the vehicle and the turret. The slip
ring also controls weapon inhibit zone operation.
40-MM Machine Gun
The 40-mm machine gun is the main armament which allows the gunner to engage direct and indirect targets to a
maximum effective range of 4,920 ft (1,500 m).
M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun
The M48 .50-cal. machine gun provides secondary support for direct targeting operations at a maximum effective
range of 6,002 ft (1,829 m).
Smoke Grenade Launchers
The M257 grenade launchers will fire a salvo of eight smoke grenades to screen the M1117 during combat
operations.
Machine Gun Pintle Mount
The machine gun pintle mount provides exterior mounting for an M249 Squad Automatic Weapon (SAW) light
machine gun. The M249 has a maximum effective range of 3,281 ft (1,000 m).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0003-2
TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-2320-309-10 0004
TURRET OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
TURRET OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION
NOTE
Ensure familiarity with the locations and functions of all controls and indicators before
attempting to operate the ASV turret.
The following work packages explain the use of all instruments and controls needed to operate the ASV turret.
1. GUNNER'S CONTROLS (WP 0005). Describes gunner’s controls located on the traverse control panel, turret
control panel, gunner's control panel, and elevation control unit.
2. TURRET CONTROL PANEL (WP 0006). Gives the function of the switches and indicators on the panel. Turret
power switch controls many items in the turret.
3. GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL (WP 0007). Controls selection of weapons and ammunition and electrical firing
of weapons.
4. TURRET TRAVERSE CONTROLS (WP 0008). Explains operation and safe use of power traverse capability
of the turret.
5. ELEVATION CONTROL (WP 0009). Manually operates the turret for better accuracy.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0004-1/0004-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0005
GUNNER'S CONTROLS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GUNNER'S CONTROLS
1. The gunner’s main turret controls are located on the traverse control panel (1), turret control panel (2), gunner’s
control panel (3), and elevation control unit (4).
350 355 0
340 345
335
4
3 2
1 ASV01445
Figure 1. Gunner's Controls - Main Turret Controls.

2. Traverse Control Panel (1). Controls power used to traverse turret.
3. Turret Control Panel (2). Controls power to turret, spotlight, exhaust blower, and sight.
4. Gunner's Control Panel (3). Controls the firing of 40-mm machine gun, M48 .50-cal. machine gun, and smoke
grenades.
5. Elevation Control Unit (4). Controls weapon elevation and depression.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0005-1/0005-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0006
TURRET CONTROL PANEL
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
TURRET CONTROL PANEL
1. Turret control panel (1) is equipped with four green indicator lamps (2) and the following control switches:
TURRET POWER switch (3), SPOTLIGHT switch (4), EXHAUST BLOWER switch (5), and SIGHT POWER
switch (6).
2 2
TURRET SPOT EXHAUST SIGHT

POWER LIGHT BLOWER POWER
OFF OFF OFF OFF

3
6
4 5
ASV01443
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Turret Control Panel.

2. Green Indicator Lamps (2). Located above switches. Green indicator lamps (2) will illuminate when switches
are moved to on position and will not be illuminated when switches are in OFF position. Intensity of light from
each indicator lamp (2) may be adjusted.
a. Turn green indicator lamp (2) lens counterclockwise for bright.
b. Turn green indicator lamp (2) lens clockwise for dim.
0006-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0006
TURRET CONTROL PANEL - Continued
CAUTION
Panel switches are also circuit breakers. A circuit overload will cause a switch to move to off
position during operation. Do not hold switch in on position, or damage to electrical circuit or
components may result. Notify maintenance personnel if switch fails to move to off position.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Switches will move to OFF position when master power switch is deactivated. If switches do
not return to OFF position, notify maintenance personnel.
3. TURRET POWER Switch (3). Controls main electrical power supply to turret. Move TURRET POWER switch
(3) to on position to activate power for operating turret electrical components. Green indicator lamp (2) will
illuminate. When TURRET POWER switch (3) is moved to OFF position, all switches on turret control panel
(1) will move to OFF position. Green indicator lamp (2) will not be illuminated.
CAUTION
• Do not use spotlight when operating night sight. Bright artificial light will damage sight
image intensifier tube. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Vehicle blackout switch will not affect turret power. Power switch on spotlight housing
should be placed in off position to prevent inadvertent operation of turret spotlight during
blackout conditions. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Power switch on spotlight housing must be in on position to allow remote operation of turret
spotlight. Ensure that switch is in on position prior to vehicle and turret operations.
4. SPOTLIGHT Switch (4). Controls power to turret spotlight (7). Move SPOTLIGHT switch (4) on turret control
panel (1) to on position to activate spotlight (7). Green indicator lamp (2) will illuminate. Move SPOTLIGHT
switch (4) to OFF position to deactivate spotlight (7). Green indicator lamp (2) will not be illuminated.
ASV01444
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Spotlight Switch.
0006-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0006
TURRET CONTROL PANEL - Continued
WARNING
The exhaust blower must be operating during firing of weapons to remove toxic gas caused
by smoke and fumes. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
5. EXHAUST BLOWER Switch (5). Controls power to exhaust blower. Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch (5) to
on position to activate exhaust blower. Green indicator lamp (2) will illuminate. Move EXHAUST BLOWER
switch (5) to OFF position to deactivate exhaust blower. Green indicator lamp (2) will not be illuminated.
6. SIGHT POWER Switch (6). Controls power to M36E3 sight system. Move SIGHT POWER switch (6) to on
position to activate power to M36E3 sight system. Green indicator lamp (2) will illuminate. Move SIGHT
POWER switch (6) to OFF position to deactivate M36E3 sight system. Green indicator lamp (2) will not be
illuminated.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0006-3/0006-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
1. Gunner’s control panel is equipped with the following turret control switches: Machine gun arming switch (1),
40-mm LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch (2), SMOKE GRENADES arming switch (3), LEFT (4) and RIGHT
(5) smoke grenade launch buttons, and a LAMP TEST ALL button (6).
350 355 0
340 345
335
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ROUND ARMED LAMP TEST
ARMED ALL
6
FIRING SMOKE GRENADES

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
5
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
2
3 4
ASV01313
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 1).
0007-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - Continued
2. Gunner’s control panel also includes the following indicator lamps: red 40 MM ARMED indicator lamp (7), red
.50 CAL. ARMED indicator lamp (8), red SMOKE GRENADES armed indicator lamp (9), yellow firing INHIBIT
zone indicator lamp (10), red FIRING RELAY ON indicator lamp (11), and yellow LAST ROUND indicator
lamp (12).
1 8
7
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL
12

RELAY
11 ON 9
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
10
ASV01669
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 2).
WARNING
• Power to the weapon’s firing relay is interrupted if the ASV driver’s, commander’s, or
gunner’s hatches are not closed and latched. Close and latch all hatches before
attempting to fire weapons. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Firing machine guns with turret override activated will allow fired rounds to strike the ASV
deck in certain azimuth positions. Turret override will also override the hatch safety
interlocks allowing weapons to be fired with the vehicle or turret hatches open. Operation
of machine guns while in override may damage vehicle. Failure to comply may result in
• Avoid manually firing the machine gun when the gun is depressed lower than zero
degrees and positioned over the vehicle hull or when a personnel hatch or door is open.
3. Machine gun arming switch (1). Allows selection of either 40-mm machine gun or M48 .50-cal. machine gun
for weapon firing operations.
0007-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
a. Pull switch and move to desired weapon position. Red armed indicator lamp will illuminate for selected
weapon.
b. Lift trigger switch guard (13) up and press trigger switch (14) on elevation control handle (15) to
electronically fire weapons.
13
14
15
ASV01240
Figure 3. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Arming Switch.
0007-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
NOTE
Machine gun firing relay power is deactivated when the turret is traversed in an activated fire
inhibit zone. This prevents firing rounds and striking the vehicle hull when the machine gun
is depressed below zero degrees over the back deck or when a personnel hatch or door is
open.
4. Machine gun firing is interrupted at rear deck fire inhibit zone (16) when weapons are aimed below zero
depression, at left or right door inhibit zone (17) when turret is facing side door and that door is open, or at
commander's/driver's fire inhibit zone (18) when turret is facing commander’s/driver’s hatch and that hatch is
open. Machine gun cannot be fired electrically when commander's or driver's hatch is opened.
17
18
16
ASV01315
17
Figure 4. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Inhibit Zones.
a. Yellow INHIBIT indicator lamp (10) will illuminate when weapon firing circuit is interrupted in fire inhibit
zones (16, 17, and 18).
0007-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
WARNING
Do not turn turret override on unless an immediate threat makes it necessary. Failure to
comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
b. If necessary to fire machine guns while in this position, ASV commander will move TURRET OVERRIDE
switch (19) to on position. Yellow INHIBIT indicator lamp (10) will stop illuminating. Red FIRING RELAY
ON indicator lamp (11) on gunner’s control panel will illuminate when turret override switch is in ON
position and trigger is depressed indicating that electrical power is being sent to fire weapon.
IGNITION GRID MASTER TURRET BLACKOUT OFF ON OFF ON

ENGINE FIRE TL1
HEATER POWER POWER OVERRIDE
ON DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF DOMELIGHTS
NBC FAN
NBC HEAT 3 PNL IND LIGHTS G
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
OFF OFF SEATS SPARE G
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
B.O. STOP ENGINE BOTTLE CB3 CB9
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
TEST FAULT SILENCE CB4 CB10
UNLOCK OFF ON OFF ON TL5
CENTRAL
PANEL TIRE TRANSMISSION G
BRT
ON ON ON ON INFLATION
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF ON OFF ON AIR DRYER
PARK OFF OFF OFF OFF RADIO
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
DE-ICE NBC-FAN LAMP TEST TURRET WASH/WIPER MOT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01670
19
Figure 5. Turret Controls - Inhibit Lamp.
0007-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
WARNING
Grenade launchers will not arm if ASV gunner’s hatch is not latched in the closed position.
Close and latch all hatches prior to firing smoke grenades. Failure to comply may result in
5. Grenade Launcher Controls. The SMOKE GRENADES switch (3) is used to arm grenade launchers. When
switch is moved to the armed position, both left and right grenade launchers are armed. The red indicator lamp
(9) will illuminate when switch is moved to armed position.
3
9
350 355 0
340 345
335
SMOKE GRENADES
LEFT RIGHT
ASV00013
Figure 6. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Controls.
a. Press LEFT launcher button (4) to fire grenade launchers from left launcher tubes.
b. Press RIGHT launcher button (5) to fire grenade launchers from right launcher tubes.
0007-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
c. Press both launcher buttons to fire all grenades. The ASV grenade launcher firing pattern is shown below.
8 8
32 32
56 56
80
80 115 FT. 115 FT.

(35 m) (35 m)
ASV00055
Figure 7. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Firing Pattern.
NOTE
Reloading can only be accomplished from outside of turret after last round of 40-mm
ammunition is fired.
6. LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch (2). Normally in off position to prevent firing of last round of 40-mm
ammunition. When last round of 40-mm ammunition passes ammunition indicator actuator, power to 40-mm
machine gun firing solenoid is interrupted preventing it from firing. This allows additional 40-mm ammunition
to be added to linked ammunition while inside of turret. If situation requires that all rounds be fired, move LAST
ROUND OVERRIDE switch (2) to override position.
LAST 40 MM
ROUND ARMED
12
OVERRIDE
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
OFF
2 ASV00014
Figure 8. Turret Controls - Last Round Override.
0007-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0007
7. LAST ROUND Indicator Lamp (12). Illuminates when last round of 40-mm ammunition passes the last flap in
40-mm ammunition box.
NOTE
Indicators lamps will not illuminate if dimmer lens has been fully rotated clockwise or if turret
power is off.
8. Control Panel Indicator Lamps. LAMP TEST ALL button (6). Tests indicator lamps on all turret control panels.
All indicators should illuminate when button is pressed. Replace bulb if indicator does not illuminate. If
replacement bulb still does not illuminate, notify maintenance personnel.
LAMP TEST
ALL
6
ASV00015
Figure 9. Turret Controls - Lamp Test All.
a. Indicator lamps will illuminate when switches are placed in armed/override position.
b. Intensity of illumination from each indicator lamp on control panel may be regulated. Rotate lens
counterclockwise to brighten and clockwise to dim.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0007-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0008
TURRET TRAVERSE CONTROLS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
POWERED TURRET TRAVERSE
WARNING
• Ensure all personnel are clear of the turret and basket area before operating turret. Failure
• The turret can be traversed under power with the driver’s or commander’s hatch open if
the turret override switch at the driver's control panel is activated. Ensure all personnel
are clear of the turret. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Turret can be traversed manually during power failure or if a more precise turret position is
necessary.
1. Move TURRET POWER switch (1) on turret control panel (2) to on position to activate and off position to
deactivate traverse control feature.

1
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV04218
Figure 1. Turret Traverse Controls - Powered Turret Traverse (View 1).
0008-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0008
POWERED TURRET TRAVERSE - Continued
2. Move TRAVERSE POWER switch (3) on traverse control panel (4) to on (right) position to supply power to
TRAVERSE control switch (5). Green power indicator lamp (6) will illuminate.
3
6
TRAVERSE ON
POWER
0
TRAVERSE
5
345 350 355
335 340
L R
E I
F G
T H
T
ASV01447
Figure 2. Turret Traverse Controls - Powered Turret Traverse (View 2).

3. Move and hold TRAVERSE control switch (5) to left to traverse left and to right to traverse right.
Turret will rotate 360 degrees in either direction. Turret will stop traversing when switch (5) is released.
END OF TASK
0008-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0008
MANUAL TURRET TRAVERSE
WARNING
Turret must be fully stopped before engaging manual traverse. Failure to comply may result
CAUTION
Once power traverse switch is released, wait until turret is at a complete stop before engaging
manual traverse or damage to gears may result. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
1. Grasp manual traverse handle (7) and squeeze manual traverse engage lever (8) to manually traverse turret.
ASV01449
Figure 3. Turret Traverse Controls - Manual Turret Traverse.

2. Crank manual traverse handle (7) in desired direction.
a. Crank manual traverse handle (7) counterclockwise to traverse left.
b. Crank manual traverse handle (7) clockwise to traverse right.
3. Release manual traverse engage lever (8) to permit power operation.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0008-3/0008-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0009
ELEVATION CONTROL
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
ELEVATION CONTROL
1. Elevation control unit (1) manually controls weapon elevation and depression using elevation control
handle (2).
350 355 0
340 345
335
1 ASV01247
2
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 1).
0009-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0009
ELEVATION CONTROL - Continued
WARNING
Do not leave thumb on trigger switch when elevating or depressing mantlets or accidental
firing may occur. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
2. Ensure that trigger switch guard (3) is in down position around trigger switch (4). Ensure that trigger switch
guard (3) spring is functional.
a. Grasp elevation control handle (2) and crank clockwise to elevate weapons.
2
ASV00018
Figure 2. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 2).

b. Grasp elevation control handle (2) and crank counterclockwise to depress weapons.
3. Elevation control handle (2) is equipped with pushbutton trigger switch (4) for electrical weapon firing.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0009-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0010
GUNNER'S SEAT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GUNNER'S SEAT
1. Turret is equipped with gunner's seat (1).
ASV01429
Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Seat (View 1).
0010-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0010
GUNNER'S SEAT - Continued
2. Adjust gunner’s seat (1) to align gunner's view with gun sights.
WARNING
Ensure hands and fingers are clear of pinch points when adjusting seats up, down, or
back. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
a. Push seat release handle (2) and move seat upwards or downwards to desired position.
ASV01430
NOTE
A slight up or down movement of seat will permit the lock plunger to engage and hold
seat securely in position.
b. Release seat release handle (2) to lock seat in position.
0010-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0010
GUNNER'S SEAT - Continued
WARNING
Always wear seat belts during vehicle operation. Belts should be adjusted to remove slack
in order to provide maximum protection. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
3. Gunner’s Seat Belt (3).
4
ASV01431
a. Pull seat belt (3) across body and latch into seat belt buckle (4).
b. Adjust straps to fit snug against body.
c. Push release button (5) on seat belt buckle (4) to unlatch seat belt (3).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0010-3/0010-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0011
GUNNER'S HATCH
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GUNNER'S HATCH
NOTE
Grenade launchers will not arm if ASV gunner's hatch is not latched in the closed position.
Close and latch all hatches prior to firing smoke grenades.
1. Gunner's hatch (1) provides access to turret.
ASV01282
Figure 1. Gunner's Hatch (View 1).

2. Gunner's hatch (1) has a two-position lock that holds hatch open at 15-degree and 90-degree positions.
0011-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0011
GUNNER'S HATCH - Continued
3. Open gunner's hatch (1) by turning hatch latch handle (2) to open position and grasping hatch position handle
(3). Release hatch position handle (3) when gunner's hatch (1) is in desired position.
2 3
ASV01469
Figure 2. Gunner's Hatch (View 2).

4. Interrupter switch (4) releases when gunner's hatch (1) is opened and causes machine gun firing to halt.
5. Grasp hatch position handle (3) and hatch latch handle (2) and pull gunner's hatch (1) closed. Rotate hatch
latch handle (2) to locked position and release hatch position handle (3) to secure gunner's hatch (1).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0011-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0012
INTERIOR LIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
INTERIOR LIGHT
1. Turret is equipped with an interior light (1) to provide illumination during tactical and nontactical operations.
D E C D E F
C F
B B
A A ALL
INT INT
STATION
STATION
WORK MONITOR
O/R
VOX
LIVE
PTT
INTERCOM
HEADSET VEHICLE PTT
ASV01467
Figure 1. Interior Light (View 1).

2. The interior light (1) is equipped with a three-position interior light selector switch (2) to control type of
illumination.
5 4
ASV01466
2 3
Figure 2. Interior Light (View 2).
a. Move interior light selector switch (2) clockwise to operate with blue light (3) illumination during tactical
operations.
0012-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0012
INTERIOR LIGHT - Continued
b. Press lock button (4) and move interior light selector switch (2) counterclockwise to operate with white
light (5) mode during nontactical operations.
c. Press lock button (4) and move interior light (2) selector switch to center off position.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0012-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0013
UTILITY LIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
UTILITY LIGHT
CAUTION
Pull utility light straight down when removing from mounting bracket. May damage bracket if
utility light pulled to the side during removal. Place utility light in its mounting bracket when
not in use. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Utility light can be removed or left mounted while in use.
1. Utility light (1) is located below 40-mm rear mantlet cover (2).
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01432
Figure 1. Utility Light (View 1).
0013-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0013
UTILITY LIGHT - Continued
2. Utility light (1) is equipped with an ON/OFF DIMMER control switch (3), RED/CLEAR light control switch (4),
and an adjustable lens (5) for spotlight (6) or floodlight (7) beam.
5 1
7
6
3
9 8
10
4 ASV01433
Figure 2. Utility Light (View 2).
CAUTION
Ensure RED/CLEAR slide lever is in red position before turning on utility light during
blackout operations. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
a. Use ON/OFF DIMMER control switch (3) to turn on utility light (1). Rotate ON/OFF DIMMER control
switch (3) clockwise to increase brightness and counterclockwise to decrease brightness of utility light.
Press BRIGHT pushbutton (8) for maximum brightness when performing operations that require more
illumination.
b. Move RED/CLEAR light control switch (4) to RED (9) position when operating in tactical or blackout
conditions. Move RED/CLEAR light control switch (4) to CLEAR (10) position when not operating in
tactical or blackout conditions.
c. Rotate adjustable lens (5) clockwise for floodlight beam (7) and counterclockwise for spotlight beam (6).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0013-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0014
GUNNER’S SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GENERAL
1. Turret is equipped with a gunner's M36E3 day/night sight (1). Gunner's M36E3 day/night sight (1) provides
frontal view for turret. Gunner’s M36E3 day/night sight (1) permits targeting for day or night operations.
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01246
Figure 1. Gunner's Sight (View 1).
0014-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0014
GENERAL - Continued
2. M36E3 COMPONENT DESCRIPTIONS.
11
3
10
7
9 ASV00025
6
8
Figure 2. Gunner's Sight - Components.
a. Reticle Brightness Adjusting Knob (2). Rotate reticle brightness adjusting knob (2) clockwise or
counterclockwise to control illumination of weapon system aiming reticles for night operations.
b. Focus Ring (3). Rotate focus ring (3) to adjust night sight image into view.
c. Diopter Ring (4). Rotate diopter ring (4) to adjust focus of the image in the night sight.
d. Night Sight Eyepiece (5). Look through night sight eyepiece (5) to view night operations.
e. Tube Brightness Adjusting Knob (6). Rotate tube brightness adjusting knob (6) clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or decrease total illumination of thermal image.
f. Unity Window (7). Allows periscope a wide field of view and can use for target acquisition or backup
sighting.
g. Day Sight Eyepiece (8). Look through day sight eyepiece (8) to view day operations.
h. Brow Pad (9). Conforms to gunner's helmet while viewing through day sight eyepiece.
i. Diopter Ring (10). Rotate diopter ring (10) to adjust focus of image in day sight.
j. Sight Drive Arm (11). Connects from weapon mantlet to sight assembly for elevation control.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0014-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0015
TURRET PERISCOPES
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
TURRET PERISCOPES
1. Turret is equipped with seven adjustable periscopes (1) and one M36E3 gunner’s sight (2) to allow
a 360-degree field of vision without traversing the turret.
ASV01244
Figure 1. Turret Periscopes (View 1).
0015-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0015
TURRET PERISCOPES - Continued
WARNING
All adjustable mirrors must be moved to the closed position during complete blackout
operations to avoid exposure of interior lights to opposing forces during tactical operations.
2. Loosen two lock knobs (3) and move adjustment lever to pivot periscope mirror (4) up or down.
4 ASV01463
Figure 2. Turret Periscopes (View 2).

3. Tighten two lock knobs (3) when periscope mirror (4) is moved to desired position.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0015-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References

Basic Issue Item (BII) TM 9-2320-230-23&P
(WP 0076, Table 3, Item 1)
Equipment Condition
Materials/Parts Engine off. (WP 0079)
Lockwasher Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
(WP 0077, Table 1, Item 3) Qty: 2 Turret power off. (WP 0025)
Master power off. (WP 0025)
Personnel Required
Personnel (2)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION
WARNING
• Ensure all doors and hatches are closed and latched before operating turret. Failure to
NOTE
The mantlet must be elevated to 15-degrees elevation or more to allow access to mantlet
cover latches. Both latches must be undone to remove mantlet cover.
1. Manually traverse turret (1) until 40-mm mantlet (2) is facing forward over vehicle hull.
2 3
ASV03102
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Installation (View 1).
0016-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION - Continued
2. Remove front top ball lock pin, rear side adjustable ball lock pin, and ammunition chute cover (3) from 40-mm
mantlet (2).
3. Depress 40-mm mantlet (2) to lowest point of elevation.
4. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch and remove rear mantlet cover (4).
350 355 0
340 345
335
5 ASV04312
CAUTION
Check that rear pin is completely installed or removed, otherwise do not depress or elevate
weapons. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
5. Remove rear detent pin (5).
6. Elevate 40-mm mantlet (2) to 15-degrees elevation.
CAUTION
The ammunition flex chute weather boot must be completely unzipped before removal.
7. Unfasten two twist fasteners (6) from weather boot (7).
6
ASV01260

8. Separate hook and loop fastener (Velcro) tape on each side of weather boot (7).
9. Remove weather boot (7) from 40-mm ammunition flex chute (8).
10. Release chute locks (9) and remove 40-mm ammunition flex chute (8).
0016-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
11. Push ammunition flex chute (8) aside from 40-mm mantlet (2).
12. Remove mantlet cover detent pin (10).
11
10
13
12
11
14
14 ASV01450

13. Unlatch two mantlet cover latches (11) and remove mantlet cover (12) and cover extension (13).
14. Remove two front detent pins (14).
15. Elevate weapon to clear two front mounting pins (15).
17
15 2
16 18 ASV04966

16. Use hex wrench (16) to hold two swivel clamps (17) and loosen two jam nuts (18) from two front mounting pins
(15).
0016-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
WARNING
The 40-mm machine gun is heavy. Ensure you have a firm grip on the machine gun and
balanced footing on the vehicle. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Two personnel are required to install the 40-mm machine gun. One person must be inside
the turret and one person must be outside the turret on the vehicle hull.
17. Have soldier No. 2 position 40-mm machine gun into 40-mm mantlet (2).
18. Lift up and adjust 40-mm machine gun (1), as needed, to expose the bottom of weapon.
20
21
19
ASV02861
NOTE
Weapon safety must be in fire position to install firing solenoid. Firing solenoid must be rotated
to allow electrical connector to be attached. When the firing solenoid is installed on the 40-
mm machine gun, the electrical connection must face inside turret.
19. Install firing solenoid (19) to receiver sear assembly (20).
20. Connect harness connector (21) to machine gun firing solenoid (19).
0016-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
21. Engage charger tang (22) into charger block (23).
23
22
ASV00032
NOTE
Charger block must fit over charger tang when installed in mantlet.
a. Move charger handle (24) down from its stowed position. Crank charger handle (24) until charger tang
(22) is aligned with charger block (23).
b. Have soldier No. 2 set 40-mm machine gun down in 40-mm mantlet so that charger tang (22) is engaged
in charger block (23).
c. Release charger handle (24) and return it to stowed position.
350 355 0
340 345
335
24
ASV01302
0016-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
22. Install rear detent pin (5).
350 355 0
340 345
335
5 ASV04312

23. Install rear mantlet cover (4) and latch rear mantlet cover latch.
24. Use hex wrench (16) to hold two swivel clamps (17) and tighten, as needed, two jam nuts (18) onto two front
mounting pins (15).
17
14
15
16 18 14
2 ASV04967

25. Install two front detent pins (14).
0016-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
CAUTION
• There must be no more than 1/16 in. (1.587 mm) end play between front mounting pins
and 40-mm machine gun. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
• Do not attempt to adjust swivel clamps unless jam nuts have been loosened. Failure to
comply may result in damage to equipment.
26. Grasp weapon and check movement of 40-mm machine gun while traversing. If end play is excessive, adjust
as follows:
a. Use hex wrench (16) to hold swivel clamp (17) and loosen jam nuts (18) on two front mounting pins (15).
b. Use hex wrench (16) to loosen two swivel clamps (17) to allow positioning of weapon.
c. Center 40-mm machine gun in 40-mm mantlet (2).
d. Use hex wrench (16) to tighten two swivel clamps (17) until they secure 40-mm machine gun in 40-mm
mantlet (2).
e. Use hex wrench (16) to hold two swivel clamps (17) and tighten jam nuts (18) on both front mounting
pins (15).
f. Recheck end play and adjust as necessary.
27. Lower weapon as required and install cover extension (13) and mantlet cover (12).
28. Secure cover extension (13) and mantlet cover (12) with two mantlet cover latches (11).
11
10
13
12
11
ASV04968

29. Install mantlet cover detent pin (10).
0016-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0016
30. Install ammunition flex chute (8) on 40-mm machine gun in mantlet (2).
6
ASV01260

31. Engage chute locks (9) on 40-mm ammunition flex chute (8).
32. Install weather boot (7) over ammunition flex chute (8).
33. Connect hook and loop fastener tape on each side of weather boot (7).
34. Fasten two twist fasteners (6) on weather boot (7).
35. Install ammunition chute cover (3) on mantlet (2) on turret (1).
2 3
ASV03102
a. Install adjustable ball lock pin in rear side of ammunition chute cover (3).
b. Install ball lock pin in front top of ammunition chute cover (3).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0016-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN REMOVAL
INITIAL SETUP:

Basic Issue Item (BII) TM 9-1010-230-10
(WP 0076, Table 3, Item 1) Weapons Clearing (WP 0032)
Materials/Parts Equipment Condition

Lockwasher (WP 0077, Table 1, Item 3) Qty: 2 Engine off. (WP 0079)
Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
Turret power off. (WP 0025)
Personnel Required
Personnel (2)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN REMOVAL
WARNING
• Ensure the weapon safety selector is in the safe (S) position before performing removal
or installation procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Ensure the weapon is cleared of ammunition before performing removal or installation
procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Ensure all personnel are clear of the area before operating the turret. Failure to comply
may result in injury or death to personnel.
• All weapons must be pointed downrange. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
1. Clear ammunition from 40-mm machine gun (1). (WP 0032)
0017-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN REMOVAL - Continued
1
3 2
ASV01383
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Removal (View 1).
WARNING
NOTE
Ensure that bolt is in forward position on 40-mm machine gun.
2. Manually traverse turret (2) until 40-mm machine gun (1) is facing forward over the vehicle hull.
3. Remove ammunition chute cover (3).
a. Remove detent pin (4) in front top of ammunition chute cover (3).
b. Remove adjustable detent pin (5) in rear side of ammunition chute cover (3).
0017-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
CAUTION
The ammunition flex chute weather boot must be completely unzipped before removal.
4. Unfasten two twist fasteners (6) from weather boot (7) on ammunition flex chute (8).
8
6
ASV01405

5. Separate hook fastener tape from each side of weather boot (7) surface.
6. Remove weather boot (7) from ammunition flex chute (8).
7. Release chute locks (9) and remove 40-mm ammunition flex chute (8) from 40-mm top cover (10) and feed
throat assemblies. Push ammunition flex chute (8) aside.
10 11
ASV00029
0017-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
8. Elevate mantlet (11) to 15-degrees elevation.

13
12
15
14
13
16
16 ASV01394

10. Unlatch two mantlet cover latches (13) and remove mantlet top cover (14) and extension cover (15).
11. Remove two front detent pins (16).
12. Use hex wrench (17) to hold left side swivel clamp (18) and loosen jam nut (19) on weapon mount pin (20).
18
17
11 20 21 19
ASV01397

13. Push weapon mount pin (20) back flush with edge of inside mantlet (11) on both sides.
14. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch (22) and remove rear mantlet cover (23). Note orientation of rear detent pin
(24).
0017-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
22 11
23
350 355 0
340 345
335
24
24
ASV04313

15. Remove rear detent pin (24).
16. Depress mantlet (11) to zero degrees or lower.
17. With the aid of soldier No. 2, lift 40-mm machine gun (1) and remove harness connector (25) from firing solenoid
(26).
27
25
26
ASV01400

18. Place weapon on fire. Remove firing solenoid (26) from receiver sear assembly (27).
WARNING
The 40-mm machine gun is heavy. Ensure a firm grip on the machine gun and balanced
footing on the vehicle. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
19. With the aid of soldier No. 2, remove 40-mm machine gun (1) from 40-mm mantlet (11).
0017-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
1 11
ASV01402

20. Install rear detent pin (24) in 40-mm mantlet (11).
22 11
23
350 355 0
340 345
335
24
24
ASV04313

21. Install rear mantlet cover (23) and latch rear mantlet cover latch (22).
0017-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
11
7
8
6
ASV01384

22. Install two front detent pins (16).
13
12
15
14
13
16
16 ASV01394

23. Install extension cover (15) and mantlet top cover (14) and secure with two mantlet cover latches (13).
25. Install weather boot (7) over ammunition flex chute (8).
0017-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0017
11
7
8
6
ASV01384

26. Fasten two twist fasteners (6) on weather boot (7). Set ammunition flex chute (8) in mantlet (11).
27. Connect hook fastener tape on each side of weather boot (7).
28. Install ammunition chute cover (3) on ammunition flex chute (8).
3
4
8 ASV01406
a. Install adjustable detent pin (5) in rear side of ammunition chute cover (3).
b. Install detent pin (4) in front top of ammunition chute cover (3).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0017-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required Equipment Condition - Continued

Personnel (2) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
M48 .50-cal. machine gun converted to ASV
References configuration. (TM 9-1005-213-23&P)
TM 9-1005-213-10
TM 9-2320-309-23
Manual Turret Operations (WP 0027)
Weapons Clearing (WP 0032)
Equipment Condition
Engine off. (WP 0079)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION
WARNING
to personnel.
1. Set headspace and timing on converted M48 .50-cal. machine gun. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
2. Manually traverse turret until M48 .50-cal. machine gun cradle is facing over right side of vehicle hull.
(WP 0027)
3. Fully elevate mantlet. (WP 0032)
0018-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION - Continued
4. Remove front detent pin (1) and rear detent pin (2) from M48 .50-cal. machine gun cradle (3) mounts.
4
5
1
6
2
ASV01838
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Installation (View 1).
CAUTION
The .50-cal. machine gun is heavy. Installation should be handled by two personnel, one
inside the turret and one outside on the vehicle. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
5. With the aid of soldier No. 2, hand M48 .50-cal. machine gun (4), barrel end first, to gunner in turret.
6. Guide M48 .50-cal. machine gun (4) barrel through mantlet opening and position M48 .50-cal. machine gun
into cradle (3).
7. Hold M48 .50-cal. machine gun (4) and depress mantlet with cradle (3) to just above level position.
8. With the aid of soldier No. 2, align M48 .50-cal. machine gun (4) and install front detent pin (1) through front
mount and M48 .50-cal. machine gun front hole (5).
9. Install rear detent pin (2) through rear mount and M48 .50-cal. machine gun rear hole (6).
0018-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
CAUTION
Ensure solenoid wire is routed clear of ammunition feed path. Failure to comply may result
in damage to equipment.
10. Connect power wire harness J13A connector (7) to solenoid (8).
ASV01839

11. Turn turret power on. (WP 0025)
12. Perform function checks.
WARNING
Ensure the M48 .50-cal. machine gun is unloaded and cleared before performing any
weapon timing adjustments. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
Headspace must be adjusted prior to performing timing checks.
a. Move M10 lock selector to rearward (9) position. Charge the M48 .50-cal. machine gun, locking bolt to
rear.
M10 LOCK SELECTOR 12
9 11
10 ASV01700
CAUTION
Do not allow bolt to slam forward. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
b. Move M10 lock selector to forward (10) position. Pull on charging handle (11) until click is heard, then
ease bolt forward.
c. Move selector (12) to fire (F) position.
0018-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
d. Fully elevate M48 .50-cal. machine gun (4) and raise feed tray cover.
e. Grasp charging handle (11) and retract bolt approximately 1/16 in. and insert NO FIRE gauge (13) with
beveled edge against barrel notches between barrel extension (14) and trunnion block (15). Release
charging handle (11) slowly.
13
4 14 15
ASV01701
NOTE
Turn on turret override switch if hatches are open and turn turret override switch off when
procedure is completed.
f. Move M48 .50-cal. machine gun arming switch (16) to .50 CAL ARMED position.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ROUND ARMED
ARMED
FIRING
RELAY
ON
350 355 0
340 345
335
16
ASV01703
INHIBIT
0018-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
g. Raise trigger switch guard (17) and press trigger switch (18) on elevation control handle (19).
17
350 355 0
340 345
335
19 18
ASV01708
NOTE
• The firing solenoid will make a clicking sound which should not be mistaken for the
sound made when the firing pin is released. If there is doubt that the firing pin was
released, retract bolt slightly and look at the bolt face. If the firing pin is protruding
from the front of the bolt face, the weapon has fired.
• If the firing solenoid fails to function properly, notify maintenance for Solenoid Fails
to Function Properly. If the solenoid functions, proceed to Step (g).
• If the weapon did not fire, verify timing is not early by pressing and releasing the
firing switch three more times without removing the NO FIRE gauge. If the weapon
does fire, the timing is early; perform timing adjustment procedures. If the weapon
does not fire, proceed to Step (g).
h. Retract bolt enough to remove NO FIRE gauge (13) and insert FIRE gauge (20) with beveled edge
against barrel notches between barrel extension (14) and trunnion block (15). Release bolt slowly.
13
20
14 15
ASV01709
0018-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0018
NOTE
If machine gun fires, timing is properly set. If machine gun does not fire, timing is late;
perform timing adjustment procedures.
i. Raise trigger switch guard (17) and press trigger switch (18) on elevation control handle (19).
17
350 355 0
340 345
335
19 18
ASV01708

13. Perform minor boresighting. (TM 9-2320-309-23)
14. Turn turret power off. (WP 0025)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0018-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0019
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required References - Continued

Personnel (2) Turret Traverse Controls (WP 0008)
Weapons Clearing (WP 0032)
References
TM 9-1005-213-10 Equipment Condition
Elevation Control (WP 0009) Engine off. (WP 0079)
Master power off. (WP 0025)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL
WARNING
to personnel.
1. Clear ammunition from M48 .50-cal. machine gun. (WP 0032)
0019-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0019
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL - Continued
WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of turret and basket area before operating turret. Failure to
2. Manually traverse turret until M48 .50-cal. machine gun (1) is facing forward over vehicle hull. (WP 0008)
ASV01722
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Removal (View 1).

3. Move TURRET POWER switch (2) to OFF position.
350 355 0
340 345
335

OFF OFF OFF OFF
2
ASV01723
0019-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0019
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL - Continued
4. Disconnect vehicle power wire harness J13A connector (3) from solenoid (4).
ASV01842

5. Elevate or depress mantlets to zero degrees on range indicator. (WP 0009)
WARNING
The M48 .50-cal. machine gun is heavy. Ensure a firm hold is kept on the weapon during
removal. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
6. Remove front detent pin (5) and rear detent pin (6) from cradle mounts.
5 6
ASV01843

7. Elevate mantlet fully.
8. With the aid of soldier No. 2, lift M48 .50-cal. machine gun off cradle and remove from turret.
9. Install front detent pin (5) and rear detent pin (6) into cradle mounts.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0019-3/0019-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0020
MINOR BORESIGHTING INTRODUCTION
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GENERAL
WARNING
• Ensure all weapons are clear of ammunition before boresighting. Failure to comply may
result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• Major boresighting is done by maintenance personnel.
• Minor boresighting can be performed by crew or maintenance personnel.
1. Perform minor boresighting when the following occur:
a. Weapons are installed.
b. Boresighting adjustments on gunner's sight or armament are disturbed.
c. Weapons consistently miss point of aim.
NOTE
• Major boresighting is required if the gunner's sight linkage has been disturbed or a new
gunner's sight has been installed.
• Notify maintenance personnel if major boresighting adjustments are required.
2. Minor boresighting aligns 40-mm and M48 .50-cal. machine guns and day and night sight reticles with their
respective positions on boresight target.
NOTE
Boresighting must be performed on both day and night sights.
3. Minor boresighting is performed using the parallel method. (WP 0021)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0020-1/0020-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
MINOR BORESIGHTING
INITIAL SETUP:

Laser Boresight Kit Gunner's Sight (WP 0014)
(WP 0076, Table 3, Item 1)
Equipment Condition
Personnel Required Engine off. (WP 0079)
Personnel (3)
MINOR BORESIGHTING
WARNING
The boresight kit includes a laser borelight for boresighting alignment. The visible laser beam
can cause eye injury. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. Do not stare into the laser beam.
Do not look into the laser beam through binoculars or telescopes. Do not point the laser beam
at reflective surfaces. Do not shine the laser beam into the eyes of personnel. Failure to
NOTE
• The laser boresight kit includes an operator’s manual. All personnel must become familiar
with boresight kit procedures including all warnings, cautions, and notes before using the
boresight equipment.
• For an accurate boresight alignment, the vehicle must remain immobile, and movement
by personnel on or inside the vehicle must be restricted.
• The angle of the machine guns must match that of the vehicle or the soldier.
1. Position vehicle on level terrain before beginning procedures.
0021-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
MINOR BORESIGHTING - Continued
2. Raise sight window cover (1).
ASV04958
Figure 1. Gunner's Sight - Minor Boresighting (View 1).

3. Erect boresight target (2) 33 ft (10 m) from turret (3). Ensure that 40-mm aiming point (4) on target is at same
height as 40-mm barrel (5) with mantlet (6) at zero degrees elevation.
33 FEET
6 5 (10 METERS)
4
ASV04959
0021-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
4. Position angle meter gauge (7) on the flat surface of ASV hull (8) behind drivers hatch and record angle of
vehicle front to back and side to side.
7
1
8
ASV04960
NOTE
Soldier No. 2 must be positioned on the turret between weapons to operate the borelight and
zero the borelight to the 40-mm machine gun and M48 .50-cal. machine gun. Soldier No. 2
will have to move slightly to be out of the way during minor boresighting.
5. Adjust 40-mm machine gun mantlet (6) to same angle of vehicle as recorded earlier, using angle meter gauge
(7). Angle meter gauge (7) is positioned on 40-mm machine gun barrel (5). Mantlet should remain at this
elevation until all alignments have been made.
5
6 ASV04961
0021-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
Sight alignment will not be accurate if the reticle control adapter lever is not fully seated
against the eccentric screw on the sight drive arm.
6. Move reticle control adapter lever (9) down against eccentric screw (10) on sight drive arm (11).
11
10
ASV04713

7. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, adjust boresight target (2) 33 ft (10 m) from turret. Ensure that boresight target
is level from left to right using angle meter gauge (7). Adjust boresight target height so 40-mm aiming point (4)
on target is at approximately same height as 40-mm barrel (5) with mantlet (6) at zero degrees elevation.
33 FEET
6 5 (10 METERS)
4
ASV04962
0021-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
8. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, install AA battery in borelight (12).
13
15
12 14 ASV04714

9. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, assemble borelight (12) to 5.56-mm (0.22 in.) mandrel (13).
a. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, insert borelight (12) and mandrel (13) into 40-mm mandrel adapter (14).
WARNING
The boresight kit includes a laser borelight for boresighting alignment. The visible laser
beam can cause eye injury. Avoid direct exposure to the beam. Do not stare into the
laser beam. Do not look into the laser beam through binoculars or telescopes. Do not
point the laser beam at reflective surfaces. Do not shine the laser beam into the eyes of
b. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, install borelight (12), mandrel (13), and 40-mm mandrel adapter (14)
assembly into 40-mm machine gun barrel (15). Turn borelight (12) on using low switch position.
0021-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
10. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, move boresight target (2) up or down until visible borelight (12) laser beam is
pointed directly at 40-mm machine gun aiming point (4) on boresight target. Leave mantlet (6) at zero degrees
elevation. Turret must remain in this position for remainder of boresighting procedure.
4
17
2
16
12
6 4
ASV04963
CAUTION
Do not change weapon elevation when positioning boresight target for boresighting
procedures. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
11. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, mark present position (16) of laser point on 40-mm machine gun aiming point (4)
of boresight target (2).
12. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, slowly rotate borelight (12) 180 degrees clockwise (looking from the target towards
the borelight).
13. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, mark second position (17) of laser point on 40-mm machine gun aiming point (4)
of boresight target (2).
14. Use borelight (12) adjusters to move laser point to middle of original and second positions. If laser point is still
on 40-mm machine gun aiming point (4), borelight zeroing is complete.
15. If laser point is not on 40-mm machine gun aiming point (4), repeat Steps (11) through (14) until laser point
remains stationary or laser beam makes a circle less than 0.75 in. (19.05 mm).
0021-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
16. Perform minor boresighting using day sight (18).

a. Look through day sight (18) with 40-mm machine gun aligned on boresight target 40-mm day sight aiming
point (19).
18
3
4
5
6
19
5 (4) 3 2
ASV04715
5.60 IN.
10.76 IN. (0.142 m)
(0.273 m)
2.25 IN.
(0.057 m) 3.375 IN.
(0.086 m)
19
12.34 IN.
(0.31 m)
12.34 IN.
CL (0.31 m)
40mm
24.13 IN.
12.875 IN. 11.25 IN.
(0.327 m) (0.613 m) (0.286 m)
ASV04716
0021-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
Major boresighting is required if target cannot be aligned with sight adjustment knobs.
Notify maintenance personnel.
b. Align day reticle (20) with day sight aiming point (19) on boresight target.
19 20
CAL .50 40MM
40 30 20 10 10 20 30 40
4 6 10 14 16 1819 20
8
10 1
12
14
2
16
18
3
20
ASV04717
5.60 IN.
10.76 IN. (0.142 m)
(0.273 m)
2.25 IN.
(0.057 m) 3.375 IN.
(0.086 m)
19
12.34 IN.
(0.31 m)
12.34 IN.
CL (0.31 m)
40mm
24.13 IN.
12.875 IN. 11.25 IN.
(0.327 m) (0.613 m) (0.286 m)
ASV04718
0021-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
Azimuth and elevation adjustment knobs on both day and night sights are spring
loaded and held in position by serrations on knobs and sight assembly. Ensure that
knobs are securely seated before completing boresighting procedures.
(1) If daysight reticle does not align with day sight butterfly on boresight target in azimuth, pull out and
rotate azimuth adjustment knob (21) on day sight (18) until proper alignment is achieved.
18
21
3
4
5
6
5 (4) 3 2
ASV04719
22

(2) If daysight reticle does not align with day sight butterfly on boresight target in elevation, pull out
and rotate elevation adjustment knob (22) on day sight (18) until proper alignment is achieved.
17. Perform minor boresighting using night sight (23).
CAUTION
Boresight filter must be properly installed before night sight switch is moved to on
position. If night sight is boresighted during daylight hours without filter, image intensifier
tube will be severely damaged. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
a. Install night filter (23) to sight window (24).
24
23
ASV04720 25
0021-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
CAUTION
• Boresight filter must be used when boresighting night sight during daylight or
artificial lighting conditions. Boresight filter must be properly installed before
night sight shutter switch is moved to on position. Failure to follow this caution
will result in damage to image intensifier tube in night sight. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment.
• If boresight filter is not available, boresighting should take place just after sunset
or just before sunrise. Twilight conditions will allow night sight to be used while
boresight target is still visible. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
• Check that night shutter switch is moved to off position during daylight operation
or the image intensifier tube will be damaged. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
(1) Rotate handle (25) on night filter (23) clockwise to darkest setting.
(2) Move TURRET POWER switch on gunner's control panel to on position. (WP 0025)
(3) Move SIGHT POWER switch on gunner's control panel to on position. (WP 0006)
(4) Move night sight switch (26) to on position.
26
OFF
ASV04721

(5) Rotate handle (25) on night filter (23) counterclockwise, one click at a time, until target becomes
visible.
0021-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
• Larger pinhole on boresight filter should be used only if necessary to see boresight
target.
• Diopter ring can be turned for a clear focus of target, if necessary.
• To aid in focusing on target, turn tube brightness and reticle brightness adjustment
knobs as required. Under most conditions, the low setting will result in clearest
image.
b. Look through night sight eyepiece (27) with 40-mm machine gun aligned on boresight target 40-mm
aiming point (4).
ASV04722
27
10.76 IN. 5.60 IN.

(0.273 m) (0.142 m)
2.25 IN. 3.375 IN.
(0.057 m) (0.086 m)
12.34 IN.
(0.31 m)
12.34 IN.
CL (0.31 m)
4
40mm
24.13 IN.
12.875 IN. 11.25 IN. ASV04723
(0.327) (0.613 m) (0.286 m)
0021-11
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
Major boresighting is required if target cannot be aligned with sight adjustment knobs.
Notify maintenance personnel.
c. Align night reticle (28) with night sight aiming point (29) on boresight target.
29
4
1
8
10
28
12
14
16
18
ASV04724
10.76 IN. 5.60 IN.

(0.273 m) (0.142 m)
2.25 IN.
(0.057 m) 3.375 IN.
(0.086 m)
29
12.34 IN.
(0.31 m)
12.34 IN.
CL (0.31 m)
40mm
24.13 IN.
12.875 IN. 11.25 IN.
ASV04725
(0.327 m) (0.613 m) (0.286 m)
0021-12
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
NOTE
Azimuth and elevation adjustment knobs on both day and night sights are spring
loaded and held in position by serrations on knobs and sight assembly. Ensure
knobs are securely seated before completing boresighting procedures.
(1) If night sight reticle does not align with night sight butterfly on boresight target in elevation, pull out
and rotate elevation adjustment knob (30) on night sight (27) until proper alignment is achieved.
31
27
30
ASV04726

(2) If night sight reticle does not align with night sight butterfly on boresight target in azimuth, pull out
and rotate azimuth adjustment knob (31) on night sight (27) until proper alignment is achieved.
CAUTION
Do not leave reticle light in on position when not being used. Excessive exposure to
reticle light will damage image intensifier tube. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
d. Move night sight switch (26) to OFF position.
26
OFF
ASV04727
0021-13
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
e. Rotate handle (25) on night filter (23) clockwise to darkest setting.
24
23
ASV04728
25

f. Remove boresight filter (23) from sight window (24).
18. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, turn borelight (12) to off position.
13
15
12 14 ASV04714

19. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, remove borelight (12), 5.56-mm (0.22 in.) mandrel (13), and 40-mm mandrel
adapter (14) assembly from 40-mm machine gun barrel (15).
20. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, remove borelight (12) and 5.56-mm (0.22 in.) mandrel (13) from 40-mm mandrel
adapter (14).
21. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, remove borelight (12) from 5.56-mm (0.22 in.) mandrel (13).
0021-14
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
22. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, ensure that AA battery is installed in borelight (12).
33
32
12
ASV04729

23. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, insert borelight (12) into .50-cal. mandrel (32).
WARNING
Ensure the machine guns are cleared and ammunition unloaded before performing the
boresighting procedure. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
24. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, insert borelight (12) and .50-cal. mandrel (32) into M48 .50-cal. machine gun
(33). Turn borelight (12) on using low switch position.
0021-15
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
25. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, mark present position (34) of laser point on .50-cal. machine gun aiming point
(35) of boresight target (2).
2
36
35
34
12
33
ASV04965
CAUTION
Do not change weapon elevation when positioning boresight target for boresighting
procedures. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
26. With the aid of Soldier No. 2, slowly rotate borelight (12) 180 degrees clockwise (looking from the target towards
the borelight).
27. With the aid of Soldier No. 3, mark second position (36) of laser point on .50-cal. machine gun aiming point
(35) of boresight target (2).
28. Using borelight (12) adjusters, move laser point to middle of original and second positions. If laser point is still
on .50-cal. machine gun aiming point (35) of boresight target (2), borelight zeroing is complete.
29. If laser point is not on .50-cal. machine gun aiming point (35), repeat Steps (22) through (28) until laser point
remains stationary, or laser beam makes a circle less than 0.75 in. (19.05 mm).
0021-16
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
30. Loosen azimuth locking screw (37) and rotate azimuth adjustment screw (38) until visible laser beam is aligned
with .50-cal. machine gun aiming point (35) on boresight target (2). Tighten azimuth locking screw (37) when
aligned.
39
38
40
37
ASV04731

31. Loosen elevation locking screw (39) and rotate elevation adjustment screw (40) until visible laser beam aligns
with .50-cal. aiming point (35) on boresight target (2). Tighten elevation locking screw (39) when aligned.
32. Ensure azimuth locking screw (37) and elevation locking screw (39) are tightened securely.
0021-17
TM 9-2320-309-10 0021
33. Verify boresight retention by manually rotating turret and elevating mantlet. Look through day sight and move
back onto day sight aiming point (19) on boresight target (2). Ensure that 40-mm (4), .50-cal. (35), and night
sight (29) are still aimed at their aiming points.
10.76 IN. 5.60 IN.

(0.273 m) (0.142 m)
2.25 IN. 3.375 IN.
(0.057 m) (0.086 m)
2
19 29
12.34 IN.
(0.31 m)
12.34 IN.
CL (0.31 m)
4 35
40mm
24.13 IN.
12.875 IN. 11.25 IN.
(0.327) (0.613 m) (0.286 m)
ASV04732

34. Turn borelight (12) to off position.
35. Remove borelight (12) and mandrel (32) from barrel (33).
36. Turn sight power off. (WP 0006)
37. Turn turret power off. (WP 0025)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0021-18
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION LOADING
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Weapons on safe. (WP 0032)
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION LOADING
WARNING
• Turret power must be off when loading or unloading ammunition. Failure to comply may
• The machine gun may still be fired manually with machine gun arming switch and turret
power switch turned off. Ensure machine gun is safe. Failure to comply may result in
• Ensure weapons are pointed down range (safe direction) prior to loading ammunition.
CAUTION
Ensure all packing material has been removed from ammunition boxes or jamming may
occur. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
The maximum amount of M48 .50-cal. ammunition that can be stored in M48 .50-cal. ready
position is 200 rounds (100 rounds per box).
1. Open first ammunition box (1) of M48 .50-cal. ammunition for placement in rear M48 .50-cal. ammunition tray
(2). Ensure that double loop end link (3) is at top front of rear ammunition box (1). If not, remove ammunition
from box (1) and reposition so that double loop end (3) is at top front of box.
0022-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION LOADING - Continued
5 7 3
4
1
6
9
8
ASV01327
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Ammunition - Loading (View 1).

2. Position box (1) in rear M48 .50-cal. ammunition tray (2) with projectiles facing outward. Ensure that double
loop end link (3) is positioned on guide roller (4).
3. Open second ammunition box (5) of M48 .50-cal. ammunition for placement in front M48 .50-cal. ammunition
tray (6). Reposition ammunition leaving eight rounds with single loop end link (7) hanging from rear of front
ammunition box (5). Layer remaining ammunition with double loop end (3) at top front of front ammunition box
(1).
4. Position front ammunition box (5) in front M48 .50-cal. ammunition tray (6) with projectiles facing outward.
Ensure that single loop end link (7) is positioned on guide roller (4).
NOTE
Round must be seated into double loop end link to ensure that M48 .50-cal. ammunition
consumed by firing can be replenished.
5. Secure front ammunition box (5) and rear ammunition box (1) in M48 .50-cal. ammunition trays (2 and 6) with
retainer brackets (8).
6. Remove one round (9) of ammunition from double loop end (3) of rear ammunition box (1). Using removed
round (9), connect double loop end link (3) of rear ammunition box (1) and single loop end link (7) of front
ammunition box (5) together.
0022-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
7. Elevate M48 .50-cal. machine gun (10) using elevation control handle (11) and open receiver cover (12)
to allow M48 .50-cal. ammunition to feed correctly.
12
10
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01517
11

8. Feed ammunition from front ammunition box (5) around guide roller (13) through bell mouth chute, and into
M48 .50-cal. machine gun (10).
13 5
ASV01336

9. Place first round of ammunition into M48 .50-cal. machine gun (10) past belt holding pawls and close receiver
cover (12).
0022-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
10. Pull M10 charging handle (14) of M48 .50-cal. machine gun (10).
10
14 ASV04949

11. Move TURRET POWER switch (15) on turret control panel (16) to on position.
16

15
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV04946
0022-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
12. Move machine gun arming switch (17) on gunner's control panel (18) to .50 CAL ARMED position. Keep
weapon pointed down range (safe direction).
18 17
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV04947

13. Press pushbutton trigger switch (19) on elevation control handle (20).
19
ASV04948
20
0022-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0022
14. Pull M10 charging handle (14) of M48 .50-cal. machine gun (10). Weapon is now ready to fire.
10
14 ASV04949
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0022-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN AMMUNITION LOADING
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools References - Continued

Basic Issue Item (BII) MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028)
(WP 0076, Table 3, Item 1) Weapons Clearing (WP 0032)
Personnel Required Equipment Condition

Personnel (2) Engine off. (WP 0079)
References
TM 9-2320-230-23&P
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN AMMUNITION LOADING
WARNING
CAUTION
If 40-mm ammunition is depleted during firing, loading can only be performed from outside
of turret. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
• Maximum amount of 40-mm ammunition that can be stored in 40-mm ammunition box is
96 rounds.
• 40-mm ammunition loading is performed by two personnel, one inside turret and one
outside on vehicle.
1. Traverse turret until weapons face forward over vehicle hull. (WP 0032)
0023-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN AMMUNITION LOADING - Continued
WARNING
Turret power must be off when loading or unloading ammunition. Failure to comply may result
2. Move TURRET POWER switch (1) to OFF position.

OFF OFF OFF OFF
1
ASV01560
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition - Loading (View 1).

2 4
ASV01561
a. Remove adjustable detent pin (3) from rear side of ammunition chute cover (2) and turret (4).
0023-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
b. Remove detent pin (5) from front top of ammunition chute cover (2) and turret (4).
4. Unfasten two twist fasteners (6) on 40-mm weather boot (7).
8 6
ASV01562

5. Separate hook fastener tape from each side of 40-mm weather boot (7) surface.
6. Remove 40-mm weather boot (7) from ammunition flex chute (8).
7. Remove ammunition flex chute (8) from 40-mm machine gun (9) and ammunition chute (10).
8
9
10
ASV01563
0023-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
8. Unlatch two detent pins (11) and (12) from top door (13) and bottom door (14) of ammunition box (15).
11 12 15
13
ASV01567
14

9. Open ammunition box top (13) and bottom (14) doors.
10. Feed 40-mm ammunition male end (16) through ammunition chute (10) and into ammunition box (15) with
projectiles (17) facing outward.
16
10
ASV01568
0023-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
11. Raise ammunition flaps (18) as ammunition box (15) compartments are filled, filling rear compartment with five
rounds. Continue loading from rear to front in same manner. Each compartment will hold 9 or 10 rounds.
15
16
17
ASV01569
18

12. Slide ammunition flex chute (8) over ammunition remaining outside and connect ammunition flex chute (8) to
ammunition chute (10).
10
ASV01583

13. Connect opposite end of ammunition flex chute (8) to 40-mm machine gun (9).
0023-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
NOTE
Ammunition flaps release when ammunition box front and rear doors are closed. Take care
when closing ammunition box doors.
14. Close ammunition box top door (13) and bottom door (14).
11 12 15 13
14
ASV01584

15. Install two detent pins (11) and (12) in top door (13) and bottom door (14) of ammunition box (15).
20
19
22
21
20
ASV01585
0023-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
(TM 9-2320-230-23&P)
18. Open receiver cover (23) on weapon.
23
24 25
ASV01586

19. Position first link ammunition (24) up between the up the primary and secondary pawl (25) position of receiver.
WARNING
Before closing the machine gun receiver cover, ensure the secondary drive lever is engaged
with the feed slide pin, the feed slide assembly is all the way left, and the bolt is forward with
the spring touching the top cover. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• Ensure the secondary drive lever is engaged with the feed slide pin.
• Ensure the feed slide assembly is all the way to the left and the spring is touching the top
cover.
• Bolt should be in the forward position.
20. Close receiver cover (23) on weapon.
0023-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
21. Install extension cover (22) and mantlet top cover (21) and secure with two mantlet cover latches (20).
20
19
22
21
20
ASV01585

23. Move weapon safety to fire position. (WP 0028)
24. Move turret master power switch to on position. (WP 0025)
25. Turn TURRET POWER switch to on position. (WP 0025)
0023-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
WARNING
Before charging the 40-mm machine gun, ensure the weapon is pointed downrange and all
non-essential personnel are out of the line of fire. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
26. Charge first round into firing chamber by rotating 40-mm charging handle (26) clockwise.
ASV01587
26

27. Rotate charging handle (26) counterclockwise until charger returns to start position after charging weapon, all
slack in chain is in front of handle, and bolt locks to the rear.
NOTE
40-mm machine gun must be charged two times before firing. Weapon will not fire if charged
only one time.
28. Press firing switch one time to allow the bolt to go forward and grab the first round of ammunition. (WP 0028)
29. Charge weapon, rotate charging handle (26) counterclockwise a second time until charger returns to start
position and all slack in chain is in front of handle, and bolt locks to the rear.
30. Fold charging handle (26) up to stored position.
31. Position 40-mm weather boot (7) around ammunition flex chute (8).
0023-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0023
32. Attach hook fastener tape from each side of 40-mm weather boot (7) surface.
8 6
ASV01562

33. Fasten two twist fasteners (6) on 40-mm weather boot (7).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0023-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0024
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Weapons on safe. (WP 0032)
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK
WARNING
The 40-mm machine gun may still be fired manually with machine gun arming switch and
turret power switch turned off. Ensure machine gun is safe. Failure to comply may result in
NOTE
The 40-mm ammunition feed system uses a last round interrupt switch in the ammunition box
which automatically stops the 40-mm machine gun from firing when the last round passes
the switch. This allows the ammunition to be replenished inside the turret. The switch can be
overridden by the LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch on the gunner's control panel.
1. Move machine gun arming switch (1) to off position. Red indicator lamp (2) will not be illuminated.
2 1
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01598
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition - Replenishing To Last Link (View 1).
0024-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0024
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK - Continued
2. Move turret power switch to OFF position on turret control panel.

3. Unlatch two retaining pins (3) from upper door (4) and lower door (5) of ammunition box (6).
6
3
10
9
ASV04315

4. Secure upper door (4) with two retaining pins (3).
5. Load five rounds of ammunition (10) into ammunition box (6) with male link (8) to rear of ammunition box (6)
and raise ammunition flap (9).
6. Load each compartment in ammunition box (6) with 9 to 10 rounds (10) while lifting ammunition flaps (9) one
compartment at a time as compartments are filled.
7. Connect female link (7) of first ammunition round (10) to male link (8) of remaining ammunition from 40-mm
machine gun flex chute.
8. Lower upper door (4) and raise lower door (5) of ammunition box (6) and secure with two retaining pins (3).
0024-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0024
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK - Continued
9. Move machine gun arming switch (1) to 40 MM ARMED position. Red indicator lamp (2) will illuminate.
2 1
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01599
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0024-3/0024-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0025
TURN TURRET POWER ON/OFF
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
TURN TURRET POWER ON
1. Move MASTER POWER switch (1) on driver's control panel (2) to ON position.
2. Move TURRET POWER switch (3) on driver's control panel (2) to ON position.
1 2 3
1 ON 2 3MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7
WP
8
POS
9
NAV

CLR
MARK
0
OFF
NUM
LOCK
ENGINE FIRE TL1

ZEROIZE
Rockwell
ON DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
WASH
P
YEL YEL RED
P
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
IGNITION GRID MASTER TURRET ENGINE FIRE BLACKOUT OFF ON OFF ON TL1
WASH START DE-ICE HEAT/
ON AC
CB1 CB7
ENGINE STOP
WIPE RUN
OFF ON
NBC FAN/
OFF ON
DOME LIGHTS
TL2
OFF ON TL3
FRONT
HEATER
OFF OFF OFF
ON ON CB2
NBC HEAT 3
CB8
PNL IND LIGHTS
NBC HEAT 1/2
CONTROL
OFF OFF
OFF ON
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS GRID
HEAT FUEL PUMP CB9
SPARE
TL3

CB3
FUEL CROSSOVER VALVE

4WD 125
80
175
225 25
3.5
50
16
24 32
RUN
FLAT
B.O.
DRIVE
B.O.
MARKER
STOP
LIGHT
SER
DRIVE
BILGE
PUMP
ENGINE BOTTLE
OFF ON GLOBAL
POSITION
OFF ON
INHIBIT LIGHTS.
TL4 GRID HEAT
WARN LIGHTS
FUEL PUMP
ON OFF 40 120
YEL BLU GRN SYSTEM

EMR CB4 CB10
TEST FAULT SILENCE
CB3 CB9
C/F
ENGINE BOTTLE
TEMP OIL VOLTS
CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION
30 40
TEMP VOLTS
60
SAN
PANEL
BRT
ON ON ON ON CB5 INFLATION
CB11
B.O. STOP
70
50
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE
40 80 DIM
ON AIR DRYER.
40
30
ENGAGE OFF ON OFF BIT
OFF OFF
90
30
C C
ON ON
50
TL4
20 50 20
km/h SPOOL PARK INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO
SER
60
TACH
20
10
10 MPH
70
100
110
OFF OFF OFF OFF FIRE INHIB.
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
AUX PWR RCPT
WASH/WIPER MOT
B.O.
DE-ICE NBC FAN LAMP TEST
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
10 60 0 120
MILES HIGH
RED
000 0000000
WAY
INHIBIT LIGHTS
FREE
SPOOL
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV02869
Figure 1. Turret Power - Turn On (View 1).

3. Move TURRET POWER switch (4) on gunner's control panel (5) to on position.
4 TURRET
POWER
SPOT
LIGHT
EXHAUST
BLOWER
SIGHT
POWER
350 355 0
340 345
335
5
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV02875
Figure 2. Turret Power - Turn On (View 2).
END OF TASK
0025-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0025
TURN TURRET POWER OFF
1. Move TURRET POWER switch (4) on gunner's control panel (5) to OFF position.

335 340 345 350 355 0 5
OFF OFF OFF OFF

4
ASV02877
Figure 3. Turret Power - Turn Off (View 1).

2. Move TURRET POWER switch (3) on driver's control panel (2) to OFF position.
3. Move MASTER POWER switch (1) on driver's control panel (2) to OFF position.
1 2 3
1 ON 2 3MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7
WP
8
POS
9
NAV

CLR
MARK
0
OFF
NUM
LOCK
ENGINE FIRE TL1

ZEROIZE
Rockwell
ON DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
WASH
P
YEL YEL RED
P
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH START DE-ICE HEAT/
ON AC
CB1 CB7
ENGINE STOP
WIPE RUN
OFF ON
NBC FAN/
OFF ON
DOME LIGHTS
TL2
OFF ON TL3
FRONT
HEATER
OFF OFF OFF
ON ON CB2
NBC HEAT 3
CB8
PNL IND LIGHTS
NBC HEAT 1/2
CONTROL
OFF OFF
OFF ON
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS GRID
HEAT FUEL PUMP CB9
SPARE
TL3

CB3

4WD 125
80
175
225 25
3.5
50
16
24 32
RUN
FLAT
B.O.
DRIVE
B.O.
MARKER
STOP
LIGHT
SER
DRIVE
BILGE
PUMP
ENGINE BOTTLE
OFF ON GLOBAL
POSITION
OFF ON
INHIBIT LIGHTS.
TL4 GRID HEAT
WARN LIGHTS
FUEL PUMP
ON OFF 40 120
YEL BLU GRN SYSTEM

EMR CB4 CB10
TEST FAULT SILENCE
CB3 CB9
C/F
ENGINE BOTTLE
TEMP OIL VOLTS
CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION
30 40
TEMP VOLTS
60
SAN
PANEL
BRT
ON ON ON ON CB5 INFLATION
CB11
B.O. STOP
70
50
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE
40 80 DIM
ON AIR DRYER.
40
30
ENGAGE OFF ON OFF BIT
OFF OFF
90
30
C C
ON ON
50
TL4
20 50 20
km/h SPOOL PARK INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO
SER
60
TACH
20
10
10 MPH
70
100
110
OFF OFF OFF OFF FIRE INHIB.
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
AUX PWR RCPT
WASH/WIPER MOT
B.O.
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
10 60 0 120
MILES HIGH
RED
000 0000000
WAY
INHIBIT LIGHTS
FREE
SPOOL
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV02876
Figure 4. Turret Power - Turn Off (View 2).
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0025-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0026
GUNNER’S PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GUNNER’S PROCEDURE
WARNING
Gunners should be trained in weapon firing procedures prior to live fire use of machine guns.
Weapon selector arming switch and machine gun firing switches must be in off position until
target area is within range. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Check that night shutter switch is off during daylight operation or the image intensifier tube
will be damaged. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
1. Secure gunner’s hatch in closed position. (WP 0011)
2. Position gunner’s seat for comfortable use of sight and controls and fasten seat belt. (WP 0010)

2
1
OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV04204
Figure 1. Turret Power and Exhaust Blower Switch - On.
0026-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0026
GUNNER’S PROCEDURE - Continued
WARNING
The exhaust blower must be operating during firing of weapons to remove toxic gas caused
by smoke and fumes. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
4. Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch (3) on turret control panel (2) to on position.
WARNING
Accidental firing of weapons may kill or injure personnel. Keep weapons aimed on the target
and all friendly personnel clear of the line of fire. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
5. Move machine gun arming switch (4) on gunner's control panel (5) to select desired weapon. The 40 MM
ARMED indicator lamp (6) will illuminate when armed, or .50 CAL ARMED indicator lamp (7) will illuminate
when armed.
5 6 4
7
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01459
Figure 2. Machine Gun Arming Switch - Selected.
0026-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0026
WARNING
• Keep limbs inside turret basket area when traversing turret. Failure to comply may result
• Ensure driver’s and commander’s hatches are closed and all personnel are clear of area
before operating turret. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
6. Move TRAVERSE POWER switch (8) on traverse control panel (9) to on position. Indicator ON lamp (10) will
illuminate.
8
10
TRAVERSE ON
POWER
11
TRAVERSE
L R
E I
F G
T H
T
ASV01461
Figure 3. Traverse Power Switch - On.

7. Move and hold TRAVERSE control switch (11) left to traverse LEFT and right to traverse RIGHT and acquire
target.
0026-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0026
8. Grasp handle (12) and squeeze engage lever (13) and manually traverse turret left and right.
12
13
ASV04777
Figure 4. Manual Engage Lever - Engaged.

9. Elevate or depress selected and armed weapon using elevation control handle (14) on elevation control unit
(15) to acquire target.
15
16
17
14
ASV01462
Figure 5. Elevation Control Handle - Engaged.
0026-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0026
10. Grasp elevation control handle (14) and crank clockwise to elevate weapon or counterclockwise to depress
weapon.
WARNING
• Firing machine guns with turret override activated will allow fired rounds to strike ASV
rear deck when weapons are armed at zero degrees depression. Turret override will also
override safety interlocks, allowing weapons to be fired with vehicle doors and hatches
open. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Avoid manually firing mounted machine gun when gun is depressed lower than zero
degrees and positioned over vehicle hull or when personnel hatch or door is open. Failure
• Power to weapon’s firing relay is interrupted if ASV driver’s, commander’s, or side troop
doors are not closed and latched. Close and latch all hatches and doors before attempting
to fire weapons. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Machine guns will get hot during firing. Use caution when handling machine guns. Refer
to weapons manual. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Ear protection should be worn when firing weapons. Failure to comply may result in injury
CAUTION
• When machine guns are aimed below zero degree elevation and turret is traversing, there
is a section of the vehicle where angle of fired rounds can strike hull. This area is called
the Fire Inhibit Zone. Power to firing relay is interrupted when turret is traversing in this
area. Do not attempt to fire in this area. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
• Periodically check that weapon detent pins are fully inserted in cradle mounts to ensure
weapon does not vibrate loose during firing. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
NOTE
Turret override switch is located on driver’s control panel.
11. Move trigger switch guard (16) up to access pushbutton trigger switch (17) on elevation control handle (14).
Press pushbutton trigger switch (17) to electrically fire selected and armed weapon.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0026-5/0026-6 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0027
MANUAL TURRET OPERATIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
MANUAL TURRET OPERATIONS
1. Adjust gunner’s seat for comfortable use of gunner’s sight and controls, and fasten seat belt. (WP 0010)
WARNING
Electrical safety features will not operate if turret power is not available. Ensure driver's and
commander's hatches are closed and that all personnel are clear of weapons while operating
turret. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
CAUTION
Check that night shutter switch is off during daylight operation or the image intensifier tube
will be damaged. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
2. Grasp manual traverse handle (1) and squeeze manual traverse engage lever (2) to manually traverse turret
on acquired target.
2 ASV01395
Figure 1. Manual Traverse Handle - Engaged.

3. Manually traverse handle (1) in desired direction.
a. Manually traverse handle (1) counterclockwise to traverse left.
b. Manually traverse handle (1) clockwise to traverse right.
0027-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0027
MANUAL TURRET OPERATIONS - Continued
4. Release manual traverse engage lever (2) when target is acquired.

5. Elevate or depress weapons manually using elevation control handle (3) to acquire target.
ELEVATE
3 DEPRESS
ASV01396
Figure 2. Elevation Control Handle - Engaged.
a. Grasp elevation control handle (3) and crank clockwise to elevate weapons.
b. Grasp elevation control handle (3) and crank counterclockwise to depress weapons.
6. Release elevation control handle (3) when target is acquired.
0027-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0027
WARNING
If manual operation is necessary, turret weapons can be manually fired in all inhibit zones
and may strike vehicle or personnel. Ensure no personnel are in front of weapons and that
weapons are elevated to avoid striking vehicle when manually firing weapons at intended
target. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
7. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch (4) and remove rear mantlet cover (5).
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01407
Figure 3. Rear Mantlet Cover - Removed.
0027-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0027
8. Press trigger (6) on 40-mm machine gun (7) to engage manual firing. Release trigger (6) on 40-mm machine
gun (7) to disengage manual firing.
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01409
Figure 4. Manual Trigger Switch - Manual Engagement.

9. Press trigger (8) on M48 .50-cal. machine gun (9) to engage manual firing. Release trigger (8) on M48 .50-cal.
machine gun (9) to disengage manual firing.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0027-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN FIRING
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
Master turret power on. (WP 0025)
Weapon loaded. (WP 0023)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN FIRING
NOTE
Use the right vertical range scale for the MK-19 40-mm machine gun.

OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV01537
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun - Firing (View 1).
0028-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN FIRING - Continued
2. Place weapon on FIRE.

3. Locate target through day sight eyepiece (3) or night sight eyepiece (4), and turn appropriate diopter adjusting
ring (5 or 6) until target is in sharp focus. If using night sight, turn on turret sight power and night switch.
ASV01542

4. Estimate target range in meters:
a. If 800 meters or less go to Step (4).
b. If 800 meters or more go to Step (12).
WARNING
Ensure the reticle control adapter lever is down against the eccentric screw when firing 40-
mm machine gun at or below 800 meters. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
5. If firing MK-19 40-mm machine gun at a target distance of 800 meters or less, push the reticle control adapter
lever (7) down against the eccentric screw (8).
a. Locate target through day sight eyepiece (3) or night sight eyepiece (4) and turn appropriate diopter
adjusting ring (5 or 6) until target is in sharp focus.
b. Estimate target range in meters.
0028-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
c. Set target range by elevating or depressing weapon mantlets according to range indicator (9). If range
to target is estimated at 500 meters, adjust weapon mantlets until 5 is indicated on range indicator (9).
ASV01547
WARNING
Ensure all personnel are clear of turret and basket area before operating turret. Failure
d. Use lower right horizontal range scale (10) of horizontal line (11) on sight reticle (12) to adjust for drift.
With an estimated range of 600 meters, traverse weapon until 6 on lower right horizontal range scale
(10) is aligned with center of target.
CAL .50 40MM 12

40 30 20 10 10 20 30 40
4 6 10 14 16 1819 20
8
10 1
12
14
2
16
18
3 11
20
10
4
8
ASV01553
0028-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
6. Move machine gun arming switch (13) on gunner's control panel (14) to 40 MM ARMED position. Armed
indicator lamp (15) will illuminate.
14 15 13
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01555


OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV01556
16
0028-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
8. Press pushbutton trigger switch (17) on elevation control handle (18) and fire a short burst of three to five
rounds. Traverse, elevate, or depress as necessary to hit target.
17
ASV01566
18
NOTE
40-mm spent cartridges and links are ejected from weapon outside of turret during firing.
9. When firing is completed, move machine gun arming switch (13) on gunner's control panel (14) to off position.
Armed indicator lamp (15) will not be illuminated.
14 15 13
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01555
0028-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
10. Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch (16) on turret control panel (2) to OFF position.

OFF OFF OFF OFF
1
16 ASV01565

11. Move TURRET POWER switch (1) on turret control panel (2) to OFF position.
WARNING
12. Clear MK-19 40-mm machine gun of ammunition. (WP 0032)
13. If firing MK-19 40-mm machine gun at a target distance greater than 800 meters, perform the following steps:
0028-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
a. Locate target through day sight eyepiece (3) or night sight eyepiece (4) and turn appropriate diopter
adjusting ring (5 or 6) until target is in sharp focus.
5
ASV01575

b. Estimate target range in meters.
c. Set target range by elevating or depressing weapon mantlets according to range indicator (9). If range
to target is estimated at 1800 meters, adjust weapon mantlets until 18 is indicated on range indicator (9).
ASV01547

d. Move the reticle control adapter lever (7) up until target is on horizontal line (11).
0028-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
e. Use lower right horizontal range scale (10) of horizontal line (11) on sight reticle (12) to adjust for drift.
With an estimated range of 1000 meters, traverse weapon until 10 on lower right horizontal range scale
(10) is aligned with center of target.
CAL .50 40MM 12

40 30 20 10 10 20 30 40
4 6 10 14 16 1819 20
8
10 1
12
14
2
16
18
3 11
20
10
4
8
ASV01553

14. Move machine gun arming switch (13) on gunner's control panel (14) to 40 MM ARMED position. Armed
14 15 13
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01555
0028-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028

OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV01556
16

16. Press pushbutton trigger switch (17) on elevation control handle (18) and fire a short burst of three to five
rounds. Traverse, elevate, or depress as necessary to hit target.
17
ASV01566
18
0028-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
NOTE
40-mm spent cartridges and links are ejected from weapon outside of turret during firing.
17. When firing is completed, move machine gun arming switch (13) on gunner's control panel (14) to off position.
Armed indicator lamp (15) will not be illuminated.
14 15 13
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01555


OFF OFF OFF OFF
1
16 ASV01565

0028-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0028
WARNING
20. Clear MK-19 40-mm machine gun of ammunition. (WP 0032)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0028-11/0028-12 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN FIRING
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition Equipment Condition - Continued

Weather boot removed. (WP 0019) Master turret power on. (WP 0025)
Weapon loaded. (WP 0022)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN FIRING
WARNING

OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV01537
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Firing (View 1).
0029-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN FIRING - Continued
2. Place weapon to fire.
WARNING
Ensure reticle control adapter lever is depressed against eccentric screw when firing
M48 .50-cal. machine gun or fired rounds will strike objects where not aimed and fail to hit
desired target. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
3. Push reticle control adapter lever (3) down against eccentric screw (4).
ASV01608

4. Locate target through unity window (5) on gunner's sight (6). Traverse, elevate, or depress weapon mantlets
as necessary.
5
10
8
9
7 ASV01592

5. Sight target through day sight eyepiece (7) or night sight eyepiece (8) and turn appropriate diopter adjusting
ring (9 or 10) until target is in sharp focus. If using night sight, turn on turret sight power and night sight switch.
6. Traverse turret, and elevate or depress weapons to align sight reticle (11) with target.
0029-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
11
CAL .50 40MM

40 30 20 10 10 20 30 40
4 6 10 14 16 1819 20
8
10 1
12
14
2
16
18
3
20
ASV01593

7. Move machine gun arming switch (12) on gunner's control panel (13) to .50 CAL ARMED position. Red armed
12
13
14
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01596
0029-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029

OFF OFF OFF OFF
15 ASV01600

9. Press pushbutton firing switch (16) on elevation control handle (17) and fire a short burst to check range in
elevation and azimuth. Traverse, elevate, or depress as necessary to hit target.
16
17
ASV01601
0029-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
10. When firing is completed, move M48 .50-cal. machine gun arming switch (12) on gunner's control panel (13)
to OFF position. Red armed indicator lamp (14) will not be illuminated.
13
12 14
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01602

11. Place weapon on safe.

OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 15 ASV01603

0029-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
WARNING
Use extreme caution after completing weapons firing operations, as .50-cal. machine gun
may still be fired manually when machine gun arming switch and turret power switch are
turned off. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
14. Clear M48 .50-cal. machine gun of ammunition. (WP 0032)
WARNING
Spent cartridges are hot after firing. Use caution when emptying spent cartridge bag or
handling spent cartridges. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
15. Empty M48 .50-cal. spent cartridge bag (18).
19
18
ASV01606
0029-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0029
a. Loosen spent cartridge bag strap (19).

b. Remove spent cartridge bag (18).
c. Discard spent cartridges.
d. Install spent cartridge bag (18).
e. Secure spent cartridge bag strap (19).
END OF TASK
FOLLOW-ON
Turn turret master power off. (WP 0025)
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0029-7/0029-8 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
GRENADE LAUNCHERS
INITIAL SETUP:
References
TM 9-2320-307-10
GRENADE LAUNCHERS
1. Move SMOKE GRENADES arming switch (1) on gunner's control panel (2) to off position. Ensure indicator
lamp (3) is extinguished.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT 3
1
ASV01452
Figure 1. Grenade - Launchers (View 1).
0030-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
GRENADE LAUNCHERS - Continued
2. Remove and retain launcher caps (4) from left (5) and right (6) launcher tubes and ensure tubes are free of
damage and debris.
ASV02675

3. Remove and unpack required number of grenades from ammunition container.
4. Insert grenade (7) into launcher tube (8) with electrical contact end (9) downward.
7 9
ASV04744

5. Gently push grenade (7) down into launcher tube (8) so spring clip at base of grenade engages tip plug at
bottom of tube.
6. Rotate grenade (7) 1/4 turn to ensure good electrical contact.
0030-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
WARNING
• Hatches should be closed to protect personnel from grenade fragments or misfires. Firing
grenade launchers with hatches open may result in injury or death to personnel.
• All doors and hatches must be closed and latched before firing grenade launchers. Failure
• Ensure all outside personnel are at least 164 ft (50 m) from launcher firing zone. Failure
NOTE
The turret hatch is equipped with an interlock switch to prevent firing grenades when hatch
is open.
7. Close and latch all vehicle doors and hatches. (TM 9-2320-307-10)
8. Turn on turret power. (WP 0025)
WARNING
A safety condition exists if grenade indicator lamps do not illuminate. If this condition exists,
immediately turn turret power off and notify maintenance personnel. Failure to comply may
9. Move SMOKE GRENADES arming switch (1) up to armed position on gunner's control panel (2). Indicator
lamp (3) will illuminate.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT 3
1
ASV01452
0030-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
10. Left (5) and right (6) grenade launchers are now armed.
ASV04745

11. Determine desired firing pattern: right, left, or both. Refer to figure below:
8 8
32 32
56 56
80
80 115 FT. 115 FT.

(35 m) (35 m)
ASV00055
0030-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
WARNING
Do not launch grenades into dry brush or grass areas. Doing so may create a fire. Failure to
12. Fire smoke grenades by pushing LEFT launcher button (10) for left grenade launchers (5) or RIGHT launcher
button (11) for right grenade launchers (6).
SMOKE GRENADES
LEFT RIGHT
ASV01454
10 11
0030-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0030
NOTE
Clean grenade launcher barrels as soon as possible after firing grenades. Refer to Cleaning
Instructions (WP 0070) for cleaning procedure.
13. Install new barrel caps (4) on grenade launcher barrels (8) when grenade launchers (5 and 6) are not in use.
4
8
6
4
8
ASV04352
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0030-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0031
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS
INITIAL SETUP:
References Equipment Condition

TM 9-1300-206 Master power off. (WP 0079)
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS
WARNING
• Removal of grenades from the launcher must only be performed by qualified, trained
• Do not remove misfired grenades that remain in the launcher barrel for at least five
minutes following the misfiring. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
• Ensure all doors and turret hatches are closed and latched prior to grenade unloading.
1. If TURRET POWER switch (1) on turret control panel (2) is in on position, move to OFF position. Ensure green
indicator lamp (3) is not illuminated.
3 EXHAUST SIGHT
TURRET SPOT
OFF OFF OFF OFF
1 ASV01616
Figure 1. Turret Switch - Off.
0031-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0031
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS - Continued
2. Ensure that SMOKE GRENADES arming switch (4) on gunner's control panel (5) is in off position and red
armed indicator lamp (6) is not illuminated.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND 6
OVERRIDE
4
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01617
Figure 2. Smoke Grenades Arming Switch - Off.

3. Shut off vehicle MASTER POWER and all electrical subsystems. (WP 0025)
0031-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0031
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS - Continued
WARNING
Ensure vehicle is facing away from structures and personnel while unloading smoke
grenades. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
4. Unload left (7) and right (8) smoke grenade launchers by removing grenades from eight launcher barrels (9).
10 9
8
7
10
ASV01618
Figure 3. Smoke Grenade Launchers - Unloaded.

5. Install new barrel caps (10) to eight grenade launcher barrels (9).
6. Place misfired smoke grenades into grenade shipping containers and move container 328 ft. (100 m) away
from personnel, structures, and equipment.
7. Dispose of misfired smoke grenades. Refer to TM 9-1300-206.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0031-3/0031-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
WEAPONS CLEARING
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools Equipment Condition

Wood Block, 1 in. x 1 in. x 6 in. Engine off. (WP 0079)
References
TM 9-1005-213-10
TM 9-1010-230-10
WEAPONS CLEARING
WARNING
to personnel.
1. Clear 40-mm machine gun.
a. Move machine gun arming switch (1) to unarmed position. Indicator lamp (2) will not be illuminated.
0032-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
WEAPONS CLEARING - Continued
2 1
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL
350 355 0
340 345
335

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01624
Figure 1. Weapons Clearing - 40-MM Machine Gun (View 1).

b. Move TURRET POWER switch (3) to OFF position.

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
3
ASV01625
0032-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
c. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch (4) and remove rear mantlet cover (5).
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01604

d. Move M48 .50-cal. and 40-mm machine gun safety selectors (6) to safe (S) position.
350 355 0
340 345
335
6
6
ASV04773

e. Elevate weapons and traverse turret until 40-mm machine gun is aimed safely downrange.
0032-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
f. Remove mantlet cover detent pin (7).
7
10
9
8
ASV04955

g. Unlatch two mantlet cover latches (8) and remove mantlet top cover (9) and extension cover (10).
h. Remove ammunition chute cover (11).
13 12
11
14
11 ASV01610
(1) Remove detent pin (12) from front top of ammunition chute cover (11) and turret (13).
(2) Remove adjustable detent pin (14) from rear side of ammunition chute cover (11) and turret (13).
0032-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
i. Unfasten two twist fasteners (15) from weather boot (16) on ammunition flex chute (17).
16
17 15
ASV01920

j. Separate hook fastener tape from each side of weather boot (16) surface.
k. Remove weather boot (16) from ammunition flex chute (17).
0032-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
WARNING
The charger handle must be held fully clockwise until the weapon is cleared. Failure to
l. Open 40-mm machine gun receiver top cover (18).
20
18
350 355 0
340 345
335
350 355 0
340 345
335
19
ASV01619

m. Remove charger handle (19) from stowed position and turn fully clockwise bringing bolt back to until the
round/spent brass is directly over opening in bottom of mantlet (20).
0032-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
n. Unlatch chute locks (21) and remove ammunition flex chute (17) from 40-mm machine gun.
22 18
17
21
ASV01620

o. Remove remaining linked ammunition (22) from 40-mm machine gun. Refer to 40-mm machine gun
operator’s manual, TM 9-1010-230-10.
NOTE
Soldier No. 2 must be ready to catch live or spent cartridge from bottom of 40-mm
machine gun mantlet.
p. Place screwdriver or similar blunt tool through top opening in 40-mm machine gun.
q. Position tool against live round as close to rim as possible. Have soldier No. 2 ready to catch round and
push live round from lower bolt face.
r. Close 40-mm machine gun receiver top cover (18).
0032-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
s. Release charger handle (19) and return to stowed position.
18
ASV01621

t. Remove remaining 40-mm ammunition (22) from 40-mm ammunition box (23).
23
350 355 0
340 345
335
22
ASV01622
0032-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
u. Install extension cover (10) and mantlet top cover (9) and secure with two mantlet cover latches (8).
7
10
9
8
ASV04955

v. Install mantlet cover detent pin (7).
w. Connect ammunition flex chute (17) to machine gun and secure with chute locks (21).
16
17
15
21
ASV01611

x. Install weather boot (16) over ammunition flex chute (17).
y. Fasten two twist fasteners (15) on weather boot (16).
z. Connect hook fastener tape on each side of weather boot (16).
0032-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
aa. Install ammunition chute cover (11) on turret (13).
13 12
11
14
11 ASV01610

ab. Install adjustable detent (14) pin in rear side of ammunition chute cover (11) and turret (13).
ac. Install detent pin (12) in front top of ammunition chute cover (11) and turret (13).
ad. Perform weapon after-operation PMCS. Refer to TM 9-1005-213-10.
0032-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
2. Clear M48 .50-cal. machine gun.
WARNING
• Ensure the weapon safety selector is in the safe (S) position before performing
removal or installation procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
• Ensure the weapon is cleared of ammunition before performing removal or
installation procedures. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Ensure all doors and hatches are closed and latched before operating turret. Failure
• Ensure all personnel are clear of the area before operating the turret. Failure to
• All weapons must be pointed downrange. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
a. Move machine gun arming switch (4) to unarmed position. Red indicator (24) will not be illuminated.
4 24
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01628
Figure 15. Weapons Clearing - M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun (View 1).
0032-11
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
b. Move TURRET POWER switch (3) to OFF position.

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
3
ASV01625
c. Move safety selector (25) to safe (S) position.
25
ASV01630
0032-12
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
WARNING
Firing machine guns with Turret Inhibit Override selected will allow fired rounds to strike
ASV deck in certain azimuth positions. Operation of machine guns while in override may
damage vehicle or injure personnel. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
d. Elevate weapons and traverse turret until M48 .50-cal. machine gun is aimed safely downrange.
e. Open M48 .50-cal. machine gun cover (26).
26
28
27
ASV04314
f. Lift cartridge extractor (27) and remove ammunition belt (28) from feedway.
g. Move cartridge extractor (27) down and close cover (26).
0032-13
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
h. Remove remaining rounds from M48 .50-cal. machine gun ammunition boxes (29).
29
ASV01632
i. Ensure M10 manual charger lock selector (30) is in forward position and pull charger handle (31) one
time to cycle bolt and remove any live round from chamber.
30
31
ASV03199
0032-14
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
NOTE
Bellmouth chute not shown for clarity.
j. Open M48 .50-cal. machine gun cover (26).
26
ASV01631
k. Move M10 manual charger lock selector (30) to rearward position.
30
ASV01634
31
NOTE
The machine gun cover is shown closed for clarity.
l. Pull charger handle (31) down until bolt locks in place to rear.
0032-15
TM 9-2320-309-10 0032
NOTE
If a round is stuck on the bolt face, use a 1 in. x 1 in. x 6 in. (25 mm x 25 mm x 152 mm)
block of wood to push the round down off the bolt face.
m. Inspect face of bolt to ensure no ammunition is stuck on bolt.
n. Move M10 lock selector (30) to forward position and pull back on M10 manual charger handle (31) until
click is heard, then ease bolt forward.
32
30 25 ASV01635
31
o. Move safety selector (25) to fire (F) position.
p. Press trigger (32).
NOTE
Bellmouth chute not shown for clarity.
q. Close M48 .50-cal. machine gun cover (26).
26
ASV01631
r. Perform weapon after-operation PMCS. Refer to TM 9-1005-213-10.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0032-16
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
STOPPAGE IMMEDIATE ACTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:

Set, .50 Cal. Cleaning Rod TM 9-1005-213-10
(WP 0076, Table 3, Item 1) TM 9-1010-230-10
Personnel Required
Personnel (2)
STOPPAGE IMMEDIATE ACTIONS
WARNING
1. 40-mm Machine Gun.
a. In event of stoppage while firing 40-mm machine gun, keep 40-mm machine gun aimed safely
downrange.
b. Move machine gun arming switch (1) on gunner's control panel (2) to unarmed position. Indicator lamp
(3) will not be illuminated.
3 1 2
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL
350 355 0
340 345
335

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01923
Figure 1. Stoppage Immediate Actions - 40-MM Machine Gun (View 1).

c. Move TURRET POWER switch (4) on turret control panel (5) to OFF position. Indicator lamp (6) will not
be illuminated.
0033-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
STOPPAGE IMMEDIATE ACTIONS - Continued

6
350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
4
ASV01924

d. Move TURRET POWER switch (7) on driver's control unit (8) to OFF position. Indicator lamp (9) will not
be illuminated.
9 7 8
1 ON 2 3MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
Rockwell
P
ENGINE FIRE TL1
ON DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
WASH START
HEATER
ON
POWER POWER OVERRIDE DE-ICE HEAT/
AC OFF OFF
ENGINE STOP
WIPE RUN
CB1
OFF ON
CB7
OFF ON TL2 NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

G
OFF NBC FAN/ DOME LIGHTS
OFF OFF
PNL IND LIGHTS

ON ON NBC HEAT 3 PNL IND LIGHTS
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
CB2
OFF ON
CB8
TL3 NBC HEAT 3
ON ON
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS GRID SPARE
OFF OFF
CB2 CB8
CB3 HEAT FUEL PUMP CB9
B.O. STOP
LIGHT
ENGINE BOTTLE
MARKER
3.5 RUN BILGE OFF ON OFF ON TL4
80 B.O. SER
GLOBAL
4WD 175 50 FLAT DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP INHIBIT LIGHTS.
125 225 25
16
24 32 POSITION
ON OFF 40 120
BLU GRN SYSTEM WARN LIGHTS
YEL CB4 CB10
EMR
C/F
TEST FAULT SILENCE
TEMP OIL VOLTS
SAN
PANEL
UNLOCK OFF ON CENTRAL
TIRE
OFF ON
TRANSMISSION
TL5
OFF ON TL3
TEMP VOLTS INFLATION
NBC HEAT 1/2
BRT
30 40 60 ON ON ON ON CB5 CB11
50 70
40 80 DIM
ON AIR DRYER.
40
30
90 ENGAGE OFF ON OFF BIT
20 50 30 50
C C SPOOL INTERVEHICULAR
SEATS
20
PARK
km/h
OFF OFF SPARE

60
RADIO
G
20 100
10 MPH
OFF OFF OFF FIRE INHIB. AUX PWR RCPT
TACH 10
70
110
OFF CB6 CB12 WASH/WIPER MOT
DE-ICE NBC FAN LAMP TEST OVERRIDE
10 60 0
GRID HEAT
120
MILES HIGH
000 0000000
WAY
FREE
SPOOL FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01926

e. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch (10) and remove rear mantlet cover (11).
0033-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
10
11
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01927

f. Move machine gun safety selector (12) to safe (S) position.
350 355 0
340 345
335
350 355 0
340 345
335
12
ASV01928

g. Remove front top detent pin (13), rear side adjustable ball lock pin (14), and ammunition chute cover
(15) from turret (16).
0033-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
13
14
16
15
15
ASV01931

h. Unfasten two twist fasteners (17) from weather boot (18) on ammunition flex chute (19).
21
20
18
19
17
ASV01937

i. Separate hook fastener tape from each side of weather boot (18) surface.
j. Remove weather boot (18) from ammunition flex chute (19).
k. Unlatch two mantlet cover latches (20) and open mantlet top cover (21).
l. Unlatch chute locks (22) and remove ammunition flex chute (19) from 40-mm machine gun.
0033-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
22
19
ASV01938
WARNING
Do not allow bolt to slam forward when receiver cover is open. Be prepared to catch
dropped/ejected live round. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
If the bolt will not go to the rear, the gunner will rotate the charging handle clockwise as
far as possible and will maintain pressure on the handle in order to prevent the bolt from
going forward when the feed tray is opened.
m. If round did not fire, rotate charger handle (23) clockwise until 40-mm machine gun bolt fully retracts to
rear.
0033-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01721
23
WARNING
• Do not allow bolt to slam forward when receiver cover is open. A round could fire.
• Do not allow top cover to slam shut from raised position. Failure to comply may result
n. While holding charger handle in position to keep 40-mm machine gun bolt to rear, have qualified
personnel open 40-mm machine gun receiver cover (24) and locate and clear malfunction.
0033-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
24
ASV01726
WARNING
Keep head and body clear of muzzle and barrel when inspecting 40-mm machine gun
for obstructions. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
o. Have qualified personnel carefully check for obstructions in 40-mm machine gun barrel.
(1) If bore is obstructed, have authorized personnel remove obstruction from bore in accordance with
TM 9-1010-230-10.
(2) If 40-mm machine gun is clear, reload, charge, and attempt to fire.
0033-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
2. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun.
WARNING
The machine gun may still be fired manually with machine gun arming switch and turret
power switch turned off. Ensure machine gun is in safe position. Failure to comply may
WARNING
Do not open the receiver cover immediately. Instead, wait 10 seconds before taking
action. The danger of a cookoff exists when the barrel is hot. Personnel injury or death
can result if a round cooks off while the receiver cover is being opened. When opening
the receiver cover on a hot gun, the gunner should turn away until the receiver cover is
fully opened. Keep muzzle of the weapon down range on the target at all times. Failure
CAUTION
If the bolt cannot be retracted, keep the muzzle pointed down range. Allow 5 minutes for
cooling. Call an armorer for assistance. Failure to comply may result in damage to
equipment.
NOTE
• The steps below are for cold or hot procedures.
• The procedures listed below will assist in reducing most stoppages of the
M48 .50-cal. machine gun without performing a detailed analysis for cause of
malfunction.
• The M48 .50-cal. machine gun is considered cold if it has had less than 150 rounds
fired in 2 minutes.
a. Wait five minutes to allow for possible cookoff of round.
b. Move manual charger lock selector (25) to rearward position.
0033-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
25
26 ASV04970
Figure 11. Stoppage Immediate Actions - M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun (View 1).
c. Pull down on charging handle (26) locking bolt to rear.
d. If live round or spent round casing ejects, aim M48 .50-cal. machine gun on target and attempt to fire.
If .50-cal. machine gun fires, continue normal operations. If M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire,
troubleshoot as follows:
(1) Fully retract and release bolt assembly (27). Bolt assembly should return to battery position.
30
31
28
29
27
ASV01818
(2) If no ejection occurs, lock bolt (27) to rear, open receiver cover (28), and inspect chamber (29).
0033-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0033
WARNING
Keep head and body clear of muzzle and barrel when removing round or case from
M48 .50-cal. machine gun chamber. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.
NOTE
If chamber is clear, qualified personnel rods barrel of M48 .50-cal. machine gun until
rod enters the barrel far enough for gunner to observe it.
(3) With bolt assembly (27) rear and receiver cover (28) open, have qualified personnel gently tap
round/casing out of chamber (29) using cleaning rod (30) through barrel (31).
e. Elevate mantlet to gain access to M48 .50-cal. feed tray.
f. Open M48 .50-cal. feed tray cover (28) and remove ammunition from weapon.
28
25
26 ASV04971
g. Move manual charger lock selector (25) to forward position.
h. Pull charging handle (26) down and back and slowly ease bolt forward.
NOTE
If weapon does not fire, notify armorer.
i. Reload weapon according to loading procedures, charge weapon, and attempt to fire weapon.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0033-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
WEAPON MALFUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
GENERAL
WARNING
Never open the cover on a hot weapon. An open cover cookoff could occur. Failure to comply
A weapon malfunction is any failure of the weapon to function properly when the weapon is fired. This work package
describes weapon misfires, hangfires, cookoffs, and stoppages. These malfunctions are normally the result of
improper weapon or ammunition maintenance or the use of unauthorized ammunition. The descriptions below apply
to each specific type of malfunction rather than the occurrence of the malfunction in a specific weapon. Immediate
action is the quick response taken by the gunner to repair the weapon or correct the weapon stoppage. Immediate
action is performed by the gunner, but each trained crewman must know how to perform immediate action.
1. A misfire is the failure of a chambered round to ignite when the firing mechanism is actuated. Such failure can
be due to an ammunition defect or faulty firing mechanism in the weapon. A misfire can also result from failure
to feed, failure to charge, or failure to lock. Only qualified personnel can unload smoke grenades after a misfire.
2. A hangfire is a delay in igniting the propellant charge after the firing pin strikes the primer and is similar to a
misfire. After a misfire occurs, keep weapon aimed downrange and allow a five-second interval for a possible
hangfire.
3. A cookoff is the igniting of a round, caused by the heat of a hot barrel, and not caused by actuating the firing
mechanism. A cookoff may be avoided by immediately firing ammunition loaded in a hot machine gun or by
unloading the weapon.
4. A stoppage is any interruption in the cycle of operation caused by faulty action of the machine gun, ammunition,
weapon feed system, or ejection system. Any stoppage must be handled as a misfire.
END OF TASK
0034-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
UNCONTROLLED AUTOMATIC FIRE (MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN)
WARNING
to personnel.
1. Move 40-mm machine gun charger handle (1) downward, rotate charger handle clockwise until bolt retracts
fully, and hold charger handle in place.
350 355 0
340 345
335
1 ASV04799
Figure 1. Weapon Malfunction Descriptions - Uncontrolled Automatic Fire (40-MM Machine Gun) (View 1).
2. Keep weapon aimed downrange.
0034-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
UNCONTROLLED AUTOMATIC FIRE (MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN) - Continued
3. Unlatch rear mantlet cover latch (2) and remove rear mantlet cover (3).
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV04800
4. Move safety selector (4) to safe (S) position.
6 5
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV04801
5. Release 40-mm machine gun receiver top cover latch (5) and raise cover (6).
0034-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
6. Move machine gun arming switch (7) on gunner's control panel (8) to off position.
7 8
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

335 340 345 350 355 0 RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV04802
10

335 340 345 350 355 0
OFF OFF OFF OFF
9
ASV04803
0034-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
NOTE
The charger handle is held in place inside the turret while soldier No. 2 works outside the
turret.
12
11
14
13
12
ASV04956
17 16
15
18
15 ASV04805
a. Remove ball lock pin (16) from front top of ammunition chute cover (15) and turret (17).
b. Remove adjustable ball lock pin (18) from rear side of ammunition chute cover (15) and turret (17).
0034-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
11. Unfasten two twist fasteners (19) from weather boot (20) on ammunition flex chute (21).
20
21 19
ASV04806
12. Separate hook fastener tape from each side of weather boot (20) surface.
13. Remove weather boot (20) from ammunition flex chute (21).
WARNING
The charger handle must be held fully clockwise until the weapon is cleared. Failure to comply
14. While maintaining pressure on charger handle (1), press trigger switch (23). Allow bolt to slowly come forward
until round/spent brass is directly over opening in bottom of mantlet.
0034-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
23
350 355 0
340 345
335
350 355 0
340 345
335
1
ASV04807
15. Open 40-mm machine gun receiver top cover (6).
25 6
21
24
ASV04808
16. Unlatch chute locks (24) and remove ammunition flex chute (21) from 40-mm machine gun.
17. Remove remaining linked ammunition (25) from 40-mm machine gun.
0034-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
NOTE
Soldier No. 2 must be ready to catch live round from bottom of 40-mm machine gun mantlet.
18. Place screwdriver or similar blunt tool through top opening in 40-mm machine gun.
19. Position tool against live round as close to rim as possible. Have soldier No. 2 ready to catch round and push
live round from lower bolt face.
20. Close 40-mm machine gun receiver top cover (6).
21. Release charger handle (1) and return to stowed position.
1
ASV04809
22. Determine cause for runaway gun/uncontrolled automatic firing. (WP 0060)
END OF TASK
0034-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
UNCONTROLLED AUTOMATIC FIRE (M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN)
WARNING
• Never attempt to break the ammunition belt with the hands. Use the charger to prevent
the gun from firing. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Weapons can still be fired manually when all power is off. Ensure all personnel are clear
of the area before clearing weapons. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
to personnel.
NOTE
If the charger cable breaks during downward movement, unlatch the top cover latch and raise
the cover. This will stop the ammunition feed and weapon firing.
1. Pull M48 .50-cal. machine gun charger handle (26) downward until bolt retracts fully and hold charger handle
in place.
27
ASV04810
26
Figure 12. Weapon Malfunction Descriptions - Uncontrolled Automatic Fire (M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun) (View 1).
2. Keep weapon aimed downrange.
3. Move M10 manual charger lock selector (27) to rearward position.
0034-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
UNCONTROLLED AUTOMATIC FIRE (M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN) - Continued
4. Release M48 .50-cal. machine gun receiver top cover latch (28) and raise cover (29).
29 28
30
ASV04811
5. Move safety selector (30) to safe (S) position.
6. Open M48 .50-cal. machine gun cover (31).
31
ASV04812
0034-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
7. Lift cartridge extractor (32) and remove ammunition belt (33) from feedway.
31
33
32
ASV04813
8. Move cartridge extractor (32) down and close cover (31).
9. Push remaining rounds from M48 .50-cal. machine gun into ammunition boxes (34).
34
ASV04814
0034-11
TM 9-2320-309-10 0034
10. Move machine gun arming switch (7) on gunner's control panel (8) to off position.
7 8
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

335 340 345 350 355 0 RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV04802
10

335 340 345 350 355 0
OFF OFF OFF OFF
9
ASV04803
NOTE
If a round is stuck on the bolt face, use a 1 in. x 1 in. x 6 in. (25 mm x 25 mm x 152 mm) block
of wood to push the round down off the bolt face.
12. Inspect face of bolt to ensure no ammunition is stuck on bolt.
13. Notify maintenance of M48 .50-cal. machine gun automatic firing uncontrolled.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0034-12
TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 3
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
TM 9-2320-309-10 0035
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure
ELEVATION CONTROL
1. Does Not Elevate Or Depress.............................................................................................. WP 0043
GRENADE LAUNCHERS
2. Grenade Launcher Control Fails.......................................................................................... WP 0067

3. Firing Relay Indicator Illuminates When Turret Control Panel Turret Power Switch Is Moved
To On Position...................................................................................................................... WP 0053
4. Last Round Override Switch Does Not Remain In Override Position................................... WP 0055
5. Machine Gun Arming Switch Does Not Stay Armed With Turret Power On........................ WP 0054
GUNNER'S HATCH
6. Does Not Lock Open In 15-Degree or 90-Degree Position.................................................. WP 0040
7. Does Not Lock In Closed Position........................................................................................ WP 0041
GUNNER'S SEAT
8. Does Not Lock Into Position................................................................................................. WP 0038
9. Seat Difficult Or Unable To Unlock From Set Position......................................................... WP 0039
GUNNER'S SIGHT
10. Moisture Inside Of Sight....................................................................................................... WP 0042
NBC SYSTEM
11. NBC Circuit Breakers Do Not Remain in On Position.......................................................... WP 0037
12. NBC Heater Blows Cold Air.................................................................................................. WP 0036
POWER ASSIST TRAVERSE MECHANISM

13. Does Not Manually Traverse ............................................................................................... WP 0045
14. Turret Does Not Power Traverse......................................................................................... WP 0044
TURRET POWER CONTROL

15. Exhaust Blower Does Not Operate With Turret Power On................................................... WP 0051
16. Exhaust Blower Switch Does Not Remain In On Position.................................................... WP 0052
17. Sight Power Does Not Operate With Turret Power On........................................................ WP 0049
18. Sight Power Switch Does Not Remain In On Position......................................................... WP 0050
19. Spotlight Does Not Illuminate With Turret Power On........................................................... WP 0048
20. Turret Power Switch Does Not Remain in On Position........................................................ WP 0046
21. Turret Power Switch Is Moved To On Position But Returns To Off Position When
Released.............................................................................................................................. WP 0047
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN

22. Does Not Charge.................................................................................................................. WP 0065
23. Ammunition Binds in Ammunition Rack............................................................................... WP 0063
24. Does Not Fire....................................................................................................................... WP 0064
25. Machine Gun Does Not Fire Electrically............................................................................... WP 0066
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN

26. Automatic Firing Is Uncontrolled.......................................................................................... WP 0060
27. Cover Does Not Close.......................................................................................................... WP 0062
0035-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0035
Malfunction/Symptom Troubleshooting Procedure
28. Does Not Charge.................................................................................................................. WP 0057

29. Ammunition Binds in Ammunition Rack............................................................................... WP 0056
30. Does Not Fire....................................................................................................................... WP 0058
31. Misfire Of 40-MM Round...................................................................................................... WP 0059
32. Weapon Fires At Intermittent Speeds.................................................................................. WP 0061
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0035-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0036
NBC SYSTEM - NBC HEATER BLOWS COLD AIR
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-2320-307-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
NBC SYSTEM - NBC HEATER BLOWS COLD AIR
TEST 1 - Are applicable NBC circuit breaker switches set to ON position?

1. Move MASTER POWER switch to ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
MASTER POWER WASH START ON G
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
ENGINE FIRE BLACKOUT
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ENGINE STOP NBC FAN/ DOME
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON LIGHTS/
ON ON HTR. 3
FRONT CB2 CB8 INDICATORS
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF SPARE
OFF ON SPARE
G
1/2
OFF
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
175 50 RUN BILGE TL4
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
40 120 0 7 PUMP OFF ON POSITION OFF ON WARNING
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
C/F BAR PSI EMR CB4 CB10
TEMP OIL VOLTS TEST FAULT SILENCE
TL5
CENTRAL
60 OFF ON TIRE OFF ON TRANS.
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40 80 ON ON ON ON CB5 CB11
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
OFF OFF OFF RECEPTACLES
CB3 CB9
FUEL 10 110 OFF FIRE INHIB.
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04065
Figure 1. Master Power Switch to On Position - Test 1.
2. Verify NBC FAN HEAT 3 (CB2) and NBC HEAT 1/2 SEATS GRID HEAT FUEL PUMP (CB3) switches are set
to ON position.
NBC FAN OFF ON OFF ON TL1
NBC HEAT 3 DE-ICE HEAT/AC G

CB1 CB7
(CB2) OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS SPARE G
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB9
NBC HEAT 1/2 OFF ON
GLOBAL
OFF ON TL4
SEATS GRID HEAT POSITION

SYSTEM
INHIBIT LIGHTS
WARN LIGHTS
G
FUEL PUMP CB4

OFF ON
CB10
OFF ON TL5
(CB3) CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
CB5 CB11 BIT
INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
WASH/WIPER MOT
CB6 CB12
ASV04225
Figure 2. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to On Position - Test 1.
3. Verify NBC FAN switch is set to ON position.
0036-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0036

ENGINE FIRE TL1
START ON DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01574
NBC FAN
SWITCH
Figure 3. NBC Fan Switch to On Position - Test 1.
CONDITION/INDICATION
Are applicable NBC circuit breaker switches set to ON position?
DECISION
No - Place NBC FAN HEAT 3 (CB2) and NBC HEAT 1/2 SEATS GRID HEAT FUEL PUMP (CB3) switches in
ON position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does NBC heater operate correctly?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is NBC heater control switch set to WARMER position?)
TEST 2 - Is NBC heater control switch set to WARMER position?

Verify NBC heater control is set to correct position for warm air. (TM 9-2320-307-10)
NBC HEATER
CONTROL
ASV01518
Figure 4. NBC Heater Control - Test 2.
Is NBC heater control switch set to WARMER position?
0036-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0036
DECISION
No - Rotate NBC heater control to WARMER position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does NBC heater
operate correctly?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that NBC heater blows cold air.
TEST 3 - Does NBC heater operate correctly?


ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF SPARE
OFF ON SPARE
G
1/2
OFF
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04065
2. Move NBC FAN HEAT 3 (CB2) and NBC HEAT 1/2 SEATS GRID HEAT FUEL PUMP (CB3) switches to ON
position.

CB1 CB7
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS SPARE G
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB9
NBC HEAT 1/2 OFF ON
GLOBAL
OFF ON TL4

SYSTEM
INHIBIT LIGHTS
WARN LIGHTS
G
FUEL PUMP CB4

OFF ON
CB10
OFF ON TL5
(CB3) CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
CB5 CB11 BIT
INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
WASH/WIPER MOT
CB6 CB12
ASV04225
3. Move NBC FAN switch to ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01574
NBC FAN
SWITCH
Figure 7. NBC Fan Switch to On Position - Test 3.
0036-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0036
4. Operate NBC system to verify mask has proper air flow. (TM 9-2320-307-10)
5. Move NBC FAN NBC HEAT 3 (CB2) and NBC HEAT 1/2 SEATS GRID HEAT FUEL PUMP (CB3) switches
to OFF position.
OFF ON OFF ON TL1

DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB2 CB8
OFF ON NBC HEAT 1/2 TL3
SEATS
GRID HEAT SPARE G
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB3 CB9
NBC HEAT 1/2 OFF ON

GLOBAL
POSITION
SYSTEM
OFF ON
INHIBIT LIGHTS
WARN LIGHTS
TL4
G
SEATS GRID HEAT

CB4 CB10
OFF ON OFF ON TL5
CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
FUEL PUMP CB5

OFF ON
RADIO
CB11
OFF ON AIR DRYER
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
BIT
(CB3) CB6 CB12 WASH/WIPER MOT
ASV01307
Figure 8. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to Off Position - Test 3.
6. Move NBC FAN switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01574
NBC FAN
SWITCH
Figure 9. NBC Fan Switch to Off Position - Test 3.
7. Move MASTER POWER switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Figure 10. Master Power Switch to Off Position - Test 3.
Does NBC heater operate correctly?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that NBC heater blows cold air.
Yes - Problem is solved.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0036-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0037
NBC SYSTEM - NBC CIRCUIT BREAKERS DO NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-2320-307-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
NBC SYSTEM - NBC CIRCUIT BREAKERS DO NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
TEST 1 - Do NBC circuit breakers trip to OFF position when NBC system is operated?

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF SPARE
OFF ON SPARE
G
1/2
OFF
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04065
to ON position.

CB1 CB7
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS SPARE G
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB9
NBC HEAT 1/2 OFF ON
GLOBAL
OFF ON TL4

SYSTEM
INHIBIT LIGHTS
WARN LIGHTS
G
FUEL PUMP CB4

OFF ON
CB10
OFF ON TL5
(CB3) CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
CB5 CB11 BIT
INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
WASH/WIPER MOT
CB6 CB12
ASV04225
3. Operate NBC system. (TM 9-2320-307-10)
0037-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0037
NOTE
Read the following test carefully to determine the condition of the stated fault.
4. Visually verify that NBC FAN NBC HEAT 3 (CB2) and NBC HEAT 1/2 SEATS GRID HEAT FUEL PUMP (CB3)
switches maintain position when NBC system is operated.
to OFF position.
OFF ON OFF ON TL1

DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB2 CB8
OFF ON NBC HEAT 1/2 TL3
SEATS
GRID HEAT SPARE G
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB3 CB9
NBC HEAT 1/2 OFF ON

GLOBAL
POSITION
SYSTEM
OFF ON
INHIBIT LIGHTS
WARN LIGHTS
TL4
G
SEATS GRID HEAT

CB4 CB10
OFF ON OFF ON TL5
CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
FUEL PUMP CB5

OFF ON
RADIO
CB11
OFF ON AIR DRYER
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
BIT
(CB3) CB6 CB12 WASH/WIPER MOT
ASV01307
Figure 3. NBC Circuit Breaker Switches to Off Position - Test 1.
6. Move NBC FAN switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01574
NBC FAN
SWITCH
Figure 4. NBC Fan Switch to Off Position - Test 1.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Do NBC circuit breakers trip to OFF position when NBC system is operated?
0037-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0037
DECISION
No - Problem is solved.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that NBC circuit breakers do not stay on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0037-3/0037-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0038
GUNNER'S SEAT - DOES NOT LOCK INTO POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
GUNNER'S SEAT - DOES NOT LOCK INTO POSITION
TEST 1 - Does locking pin move into lock position?

Push and then release seat release handle while visually inspecting locking pin to determine if it moves into
lock position.
PUSH TO
RELEASE
LOCKING
PIN
SEAT
RELEASE
HANDLE
ASV01516
Figure 1. Seat Release Handle - Test 1.
Does locking pin move into lock position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that gunner's seat does not lock into position.
Yes - Verify problem is solved. (Test 2 - Does gunner's seat adjust properly?)
0038-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0038
TEST 2 - Does gunner's seat adjust properly?
WARNING
Ensure hands and fingers are clear of pinch points when adjusting seats up, down, or back.
Push seat release handle and adjust seat to desired height and then release. Gunner's seat should lock in
position.
PUSH TO
RELEASE
SEAT
RELEASE
HANDLE
ASV00019
Does gunner's seat adjust properly?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance that personnel gunner's seat does not lock into position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0038-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0039
GUNNER'S SEAT - SEAT DIFFICULT OR UNABLE TO UNLOCK FROM SET POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
GUNNER'S SEAT - SEAT DIFFICULT OR UNABLE TO UNLOCK FROM SET POSITION
TEST 1 - Is locking pin caught in lock position?

Push seat release handle and visually inspect locking pin to determine if it moves into unlock position.
PUSH TO
RELEASE
LOCKING
PIN
SEAT
RELEASE
HANDLE
ASV01516
Is locking pin caught in lock position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that gunner's seat difficult or unable to unlock from set
position.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that gunner’s seat locking pin has corrosion or damage Verify problem is
solved. (Test 2 - Does gunner's seat adjust properly?)
0039-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0039
TEST 2 - Does gunner's seat adjust properly?
WARNING
Ensure hands and fingers are clear of pinch points when adjusting seats up, down, or back.
Push seat release handle and adjust seat to desired height and release. Gunner's seat should lock into position.
PUSH TO
RELEASE
SEAT
RELEASE
HANDLE
ASV00019
Does gunner's seat adjust properly?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance that personnel gunner's seat difficult or unable to unlock from set
position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0039-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0040
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN 15-DEGREE OR 90-DEGREE POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:

Lubrication Instructions (WP 0071) Engine off. (WP 0079)
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN 15-DEGREE OR 90-DEGREE POSITION
TEST 1 - Does gunner's hatch lock in 15-degree or 90-degree position?

Pull down on hatch position handle and inspect for corrosion or damage.
HATCH
POSITION
HANDLE
ASV01288
Figure 1. Hatch Position Handle - Test 1.
Does gunner's hatch lock in 15-degree or 90-degree position?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel that latch handle has corrosion or damage. Verify problem is solved. (Test 2
- Does gunner's hatch operate?)
Yes - Verify problem is solved. (Test 2 - Does gunner's hatch operate?)
0040-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0040
TEST 2 - Does gunner's hatch operate?

Pull down on hatch position handle, move to 15-degree or 90-degree position and release.
HATCH
POSITION
HANDLE
ASV01288
Figure 2. Hatch Position Handle - Test 2.
Does gunner's hatch operate?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance that personnel gunner's hatch does not lock in 15-degree or 90-degree position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0040-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0041
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN CLOSED POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN CLOSED POSITION
TEST 1 - Is gunner's hatch seal free from obstructions?

Inspect gunner's hatch seal for obstructions.
GUNNER’S HATCH
SEAL
ASV01289
Figure 1. Gunners Hatch Seal - Test 1.
Is gunner's hatch seal free from obstructions?
DECISION
No - Clear obstructions and verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does gunner's hatch lock in closed position?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is gunner's hatch latch handle free from corrosion?)
0041-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0041
TEST 2 - Is gunner's hatch latch handle free from corrosion?

Visually inspect gunner's hatch latch handle for corrosion.
GUNNER’S HATCH OPEN

LATCH
LOCK ASV01290
Figure 2. Gunners Hatch Latch - Test 2.
Is gunner's hatch latch handle free from corrosion?
DECISION
No - Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does gunner's hatch lock in closed position?)
Yes - Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does gunner's hatch lock in closed position?)
TEST 3 - Does gunner's hatch lock in closed position?

Close gunner's hatch and lock in closed position.
GUNNER’S HATCH OPEN

LATCH
LOCK ASV01290
Figure 3. Gunners Hatch Latch - Test 3.
Does gunner's hatch lock in closed position?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel gunner's hatch does not lock in closed position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0041-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0042
GUNNER'S SIGHT - MOISTURE INSIDE OF SIGHT
INITIAL SETUP:

Gunner's Sight (WP 0014) Engine off. (WP 0079)
GUNNER'S SIGHT - MOISTURE INSIDE OF SIGHT
TEST 1 - Is view through gunner's sight cloudy?
NOTE
If using or troubleshooting night sight, open gunner's sight shutter.
Observe view through gunner's sight.
1
10
12
14
2
16
18
NIGHT 3
SIGHT 20
ASV04690
Figure 1. Night Sight - Test 1.
Is view through gunner's sight cloudy?
DECISION
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that gunner's sight may require purging and charge.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0042-1/0042-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0043
ELEVATION CONTROL - DOES NOT ELEVATE OR DEPRESS
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
ELEVATION CONTROL - DOES NOT ELEVATE OR DEPRESS
TEST 1 - Is obstruction present between mantlets and vehicle hull?

Inspect between mantlets and vehicle hull for any obstructions.
AREA BETWEEN
MANTLET AND
VEHICLE HULL
ASV01558
Figure 1. Mantlet and Vehicle - Test 1.
Is obstruction present between mantlets and vehicle hull?
DECISION
Yes - Remove obstruction. Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does elevation control operate?)
No - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are mounting screws and nuts loose on elevation drive arm and upper support bracket
areas?)
0043-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0043
TEST 2 - Are mounting screws and nuts loose on elevation drive arm and upper support bracket areas?
Visually inspect for loose mounting screws and nuts in elevation drive arm and upper support bracket areas.
ELEVATION
CONTROL
UPPER
SUPPORT SCREW
BRACKET
ELEVATION
DRIVE
ARM
ASV01323
Figure 2. Elevation Control - Test 2.
Are mounting screws and nuts loose on elevation drive arm and upper support bracket areas?
DECISION
Yes - Tighten all loose mounting hardware. Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does elevation control
operate?)
No - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is elevation control damaged?)
0043-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0043
TEST 3 - Is elevation control damaged?

Inspect elevation control for damage.
ELEVATION
CONTROL
UPPER
SUPPORT SCREW
BRACKET
ELEVATION
DRIVE
ARM
ASV01323
Is elevation control damaged?
DECISION
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel of damage to elevation control. Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does
elevation control operate?)
No - Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does elevation control operate?)
0043-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0043
TEST 4 - Does elevation control operate?

1. Crank elevation control handle clockwise to elevate.
ELEVATION
CONTROL
UNIT
ELEVATE
DEPRESS
ELEVATION
CONTROL
ASV01324
HANDLE
2. Crank elevation control handle counterclockwise to depress.
Does elevation control operate?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel elevation control does not elevate or depress.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0043-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
POWER ASSIST TRAVERSE MECHANISM - TURRET DOES NOT POWER TRAVERSE
INITIAL SETUP:

Turn Turret Power On/Off (WP 0025) Engine off. (WP 0079)
Turret Traverse Controls (WP 0008) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
POWER ASSIST TRAVERSE MECHANISM - TURRET DOES NOT POWER TRAVERSE
TEST 1 - Is TRAVERSE POWER switch set to ON position?

1. Turn turret power on.
WARNING
2. Verify TRAVERSE POWER switch is set to ON position.
TRAVERSE POWER
POWER INDICATOR
SWITCH LAMP
TRAVERSE ON
POWER
TRAVERSE 355 0
L R 335 340 345 350
E I
F G
T H
T
TRAVERSE
ASV04197
CONTROL
PANEL
Figure 1. Traverse Power Switch to On Position - Test 1.
0044-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
Is TRAVERSE POWER switch set to ON position?
DECISION
No - Move TRAVERSE POWER switch to ON position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret power
assist traverse operate?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are driver's and commander's hatches closed and latched?)
TEST 2 - Are driver's and commander's hatches closed and latched?

Verify driver's and commander's hatches are completely closed and latched.
COMMANDER’S
HATCH
DRIVER’S
HATCH
ASV01333
Figure 2. Driver's and Commander's Hatches - Test 2.
Are driver's and commander's hatches closed and latched?
DECISION
No - Close and latch driver's and commander's hatch. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret power assist
traverse operate?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Does turret power traverse with TURRET OVERRIDE switch in override position?)
TEST 3 - Does turret power traverse with TURRET OVERRIDE switch in override position?
WARNING
1. Move TURRET OVERRIDE switch to override position.
0044-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
1 ON
BRT
4
2
5
3MENU
OFF OFF OFF

NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
G
Rockwell
P
NBC HEAT 3 PNL IND LIGHTS
P ON ON CB2 CB8
ENGINE STOP
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
WIPE
WASH
OFF
IGNITION
RUN
START
OFF
GRID
HEATER
ON
OFF
MASTER
POWER
ON
TURRET
POWER
ON
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
OFF
CB2
OFF
ON
ON
ON
HEATER/
AC
NBC FAN/
HTR. 3
NBC HTR.
OFF
CB7
OFF
CB8
ON
ON
SPARE
HEATER/
AC
DOME
LIGHTS/
INDICATORS
TL1
TL2
TL3
OFF OFF
OFF ON NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
SPARE
TL3
G
TURRET
OVERRIDE
OFF OFF 1/2
CB9
CB3 CB9
CB3
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75 24 32 GLOBAL INST.
16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 0 7
OFF ON POSITION OFF ON WARNING
TEMP
C/F
OIL
BAR PSI
VOLTS
EMR
TEST FAULT SILENCE
CB4
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10 LIGHTS
TL5
B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
OFF OFF
30
ON ON
30 90
TL4
50
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
60
C C SPOOL POWER
SER
20 100
B.O.
MPH
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
OFF OFF OFF FIRE INHIB. RECEPTACLES
FUEL 10 110 OFF CB6 CB12
0 120
KILOMETERS
PUMP
HIGH
DRIVE DRIVE
GLOBAL
Faria 0000000
USA WAY
INHIBIT LIGHTS
FREE
SPOOL
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04180
Figure 3. Turret Override Switch to Override Position - Test 3.
2. Verify turret power traverse operation. (WP 0008)

3. Move TURRET OVERRIDE switch to off position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
1 ON
BRT
4
2
5
3MENU
OFF OFF OFF

NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
G
Rockwell
P
NBC HEAT 3 PNL IND LIGHTS
P ON ON CB2 CB8
ENGINE STOP
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
WIPE
WASH
OFF
IGNITION
RUN
START
OFF
GRID
HEATER
ON
OFF
MASTER
POWER
ON
TURRET
POWER
ON
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
OFF
CB2
OFF
ON
ON
ON
HEATER/
AC
NBC FAN/
HTR. 3
NBC HTR.
OFF
CB7
OFF
CB8
ON
ON
SPARE
HEATER/
AC
DOME
LIGHTS/
INDICATORS
TL1
TL2
TL3
OFF OFF
OFF ON NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
SPARE
TL3
G
TURRET
OVERRIDE
OFF OFF 1/2
CB9
CB3 CB9
CB3
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75 24 32 GLOBAL INST.
16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 0 7
TEMP
C/F
OIL
BAR PSI
VOLTS
EMR
TEST FAULT SILENCE
CB4
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10 LIGHTS
TL5
B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
OFF OFF
30
ON ON
30 90
TL4
50
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
60
C C SPOOL POWER
SER
20 100
B.O.
MPH
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
0 120
KILOMETERS
PUMP
HIGH
DRIVE DRIVE
GLOBAL
Faria 0000000
USA WAY
INHIBIT LIGHTS
FREE
SPOOL
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04179
Figure 4. Turret Override Switch to Off - Test 3.
4. Move TURRET POWER switch to OFF position. (WP 0025)
Does turret power traverse with TURRET OVERRIDE switch in override position?
DECISION
No - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Are there obstructions between turret and hull?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that turret does not power traverse.
TEST 4 - Are there obstructions between turret and hull?

Visually check for obstructions between turret and hull.
TURRET
ASV01656
HULL
Figure 5. Turret and Hull - Test 4.
Are there obstructions between turret and hull?
0044-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
DECISION
No - Go to test 5. (Test 5 - Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse motor?)
Yes - Remove all obstructions. If obstructions caused damage, notify maintenance personnel that turret does
not power traverse. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret power assist traverse operate?)
TEST 5 - Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse motor?

Verify turret wiring harness is properly connected to traverse motor.
350 355 0
340 345
335
TRAVERSE
MOTOR ASV01627
Figure 6. Traverse Motor - Test 5.
Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse motor?
DECISION
No - Tightly connect turret wiring harness to traverse motor. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret power
assist traverse operate?)
Yes - Go to test 6. (Test 6 - Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse control panel?)
TEST 6 - Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse control panel?

Verify turret wiring harness is tightly connected to traverse control panel.
0044-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
(VIEW ROTATED 90 DEGREES FOR CLARITY)
350 355 0
340 345
335
TURRET
TRAVERSE WIRING
CONTROL HARNESS
PANEL
ASV01724
Figure 7. Traverse Control Panel and Turret Wiring Harness - Test 6.
Is turret wiring harness tightly connected to traverse control panel?
DECISION
No - Tightly connect turret wiring harness to traverse control panel. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret
power assist traverse operate?)
Yes - Go to test 7. (Test 7 - Are slip ring electrical connections tightly connected, free of corrosion, and free of
broken ground cables?)
TEST 7 - Are slip ring electrical connections tightly connected, free of corrosion, and free of broken ground
cables?
Visually inspect turret slip ring electrical connections for loose, corroded, and broken ground cables.
0044-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
ASV01359
Figure 8. Turret Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 7.
Are slip ring electrical connections tightly connected, free of corrosion, and free of broken ground cables?
DECISION
No - If loose, tightly connect connector(s). Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does turret power assist traverse
operate?) If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that slip ring connectors have
corrosion or damage.
Yes - Go to test 8. (Test 8 - Are vehicle batteries properly charged?)
TEST 8 - Are vehicle batteries properly charged?


ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193
2. Move TRANSMISSION (CB11) switch to ON position.
0044-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL (COVER REMOVED)

IGNITION
SWITCH IGNITION GRID
HEATER
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
ENGINE FIRE BLACKOUT OFF ON OFF ON TL1
OVERRIDE
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
MASTER PANEL
BRT
UNLOCK
ON ON ON ON
OFF ON
CENTRAL
TIRE
INFLATION
OFF ON
TRANSMISSION
TL5
G
POWER DIM
CB5
OFF ON
CB11
OFF ON AIR DRYER
BIT

INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT
SWITCH DE-ICE NBC-FAN LAMP TEST TURRET
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12 WASH/WIPER MOT
BREAKER (CB11)
ASV04201
Figure 10. Transmission Circuit Breaker Switch (CB11) to On Position - Test 8.
3. Move IGNITION switch to RUN position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
IGNITION
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04221
Figure 11. Ignition Switch to Run Position - Test 8.
4. Verify pushbutton shift selector is in neutral (N) position.
S M
E O
L N
I
E T
C O
T R
MODE
NEUTRAL
ASV01489
Figure 12. Pushbutton Shift Selector in Neutral (N) Position - Test 8.
5. Observe voltmeter gauge reading.
0044-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
80 3.5
4WD 125
175
225 25
50
75 24 32
16
40 120 0 7
YEL BLU GRN

C/F BAR PSI
TEMP OIL VOLTS

VOLTMETER
30 40
TEMP OIL VOLTS
50
60 70
GAUGE
40 80
40
30
20 50 30 50 90
20
km/h 60
20 10 MPH 100
FUEL FUEL 70
TACH 10 110
10 60 0
Faria Faria MILES 120
000 USA USA 0000000
LEFT FUEL RIGHT FUEL
ASV01490
Figure 13. Voltmeter Gauge - Test 8.
6. Ensure that voltmeter gauge reads in green zone (24 - 32 vdc).

7. Move IGNITION switch to OFF position.
8. Move TRANSMISSION (CB11) switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
BREAKER SWITCH
(CB11) ASV01488
Figure 14. Transmission Circuit Breaker Switch (CB11) to Off Position - Test 8.
Are vehicle batteries properly charged?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel that batteries may require servicing or charging.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that turret does not power traverse.
TEST 9 - Does turret power assist traverse operate?

1. Move TURRET POWER switch to ON position. (WP 0025)
WARNING
2. Verify turret power traverse operation is restored. (WP 0008)
0044-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0044
Does turret power assist traverse operate?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel that turret does not power traverse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0044-9/0044-10 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0045
TRAVERSE MECHANISM - DOES NOT MANUALLY TRAVERSE
INITIAL SETUP:

Turret Traverse Controls (WP 0008) Engine off. (WP 0079)
TRAVERSE MECHANISM - DOES NOT MANUALLY TRAVERSE
TEST 1 - Are turret manual traverse controls used correctly?

Manually traverse turret. (WP 0008)
Are turret manual traverse controls used correctly?
DECISION
No - Go to Turret Traverse Control (WP 0008) for proper operation of controls. Verify problem is solved. (Test 3
- Does turret traverse manually?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are obstructions present between turret and hull?)
TEST 2 - Are obstructions present between turret and hull?

Visually inspect for obstructions between turret and hull.
TURRET
ASV01656
HULL
Figure 1. Turret and Hull - Test 1.
Are obstructions present between turret and hull?
DECISION
Yes - Remove obstruction(s). Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does turret traverse manually?)
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that traverse mechanism does not manually traverse.
0045-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0045
TEST 3 - Does turret traverse manually?

1. Grasp handle and squeeze engage lever to manually traverse turret.
MANUAL TRAVERSE
HANDLE
MANUAL
TRAVERSE
ENGAGE
LEVER ASV00017
Figure 2. Manual Traverse Handle - Test 2.
2. Crank manual traverse handle in desired direction.
Does turret traverse manually?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that traverse mechanism does not manually traverse.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0045-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:

TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
TEST 1 - Is MASTER POWER switch set to ON position?
CAUTION
Each switch in the turret acts as a circuit breaker. If a switch suddenly moves to the off
position, it is the result of an overloaded circuit and maintenance personnel must be notified
immediately. Do not hold the switch in the on position as it will cause damage to circuits
and/or equipment. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
Turret switches will move to off position when master power switch is moved to off position.
1. Turn turret power on. (WP 0025)
2. Verify MASTER POWER switch is in ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193
Is MASTER POWER switch set to ON position?
DECISION
No - Move MASTER POWER switch to ON position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does turret control panel
TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is turret wiring harness connector free of damage and tightly secured to traverse
control panel receptacle?)
0046-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
TEST 2 - Is turret wiring harness connector free of damage and tightly secured to traverse control panel
receptacle?
Ensure turret wiring harness connector is free of damage and tightly secured to traverse control panel
receptacle.
(VIEW ROTATED 90 DEGREES FOR CLARITY)
350 355 0
340 345
335
TURRET
TRAVERSE WIRING
CONTROL HARNESS
PANEL
ASV01724
Figure 2. Traverse Control Panel and Turret Wiring Harness - Test 2.
Is turret wiring harness connector free of damage and tightly secured to traverse control panel receptacle?
DECISION
No - Tightly connect turret wiring harness connector to traverse control panel connector receptacle. Verify
problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does turret control panel TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Are slip ring electrical connections tightly secured?)
TEST 3 - Are slip ring electrical connections tightly secured?

Visually inspect slip ring electrical connections.
0046-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
ASV01359
Figure 3. Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 3.
Are slip ring electrical connections tightly secured?
DECISION
No - Tightly secure slip ring electrical connectors. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does turret control panel
TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Does slip ring turret wiring harness show signs of damage?)
TEST 4 - Does slip ring turret wiring harness show signs of damage?
Visually inspect slip ring turret wiring harness for signs of damage.
SLIP RING
WIRING
HARNESS
ASV01819
Figure 4. Slip Ring Wiring Harness - Test 4.
Does slip ring turret wiring harness show signs of damage?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that turret power switch on turret control panel does not
stay on.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that there is damage to wiring harness.
0046-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
TEST 5 - Does turret control panel TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?
NOTE
Turret switches will move to off position when master power switch is moved to off position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193
2. Move driver's control panel TURRET POWER switch to ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
Figure 6. Turret Power Switch to On Position - Test 5.
3. Move turret control panel TURRET POWER switch to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
Figure 7. Turret Control Panel Turret Power Switch to On Position - Test 5.
0046-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
4. Verify turret control panel TURRET POWER switch position.

5. Move turret control panel TURRET POWER switch to OFF position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL
SWITCH PANEL ASV01664
Figure 8. Turret Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5.
6. Move driver's control panel TURRET POWER switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
TEST FAULT SILENCE CB4
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
PARK OFF INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
Figure 9. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Does turret control panel TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?
0046-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0046
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that turret power switch on turret control panel does not
stay on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0046-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION BUT RETURNS TO
OFF POSITION WHEN RELEASED
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION BUT RETURNS TO
OFF POSITION WHEN RELEASED
TEST 1 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to turret power control panel receptacle?
1. Ensure TURRET POWER switch on driver's control panel is in OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
Figure 1. Turret Power Switch in Off Position - Test 1.
2. Ensure MASTER POWER switch on driver's control panel is in OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Figure 2. Master Power Switch in Off Position - Test 1.
3. Ensure turret wiring harness connector is tightly secured to turret power control panel receptacle.
0047-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
VIEW ROTATED
90 DEGREES
TURRET
FOR CLARITY
POWER
CONTROL
TURRET WIRING RECEPTACLE
HARNESS CONNECTOR
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01652
Figure 3. Turret Wiring Harness Connector - Test 1.
Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to turret power control panel receptacle?
DECISION
No - Tightly secure turret wiring harness connector to turret control panel receptacle.
Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free of
corrosion?)
TEST 2 - Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free of corrosion?
1. Disconnect turret wiring harness connector from turret control panel receptacle.
TURRET
TURRET CONTROL
WIRING PANEL
HARNESS
SIGICL
RET1
O
EXHOWE F
BL F
TL
SPO 2
R
TURWER F
PO OF
F
OF
F
OF
ASV01668
2. Visually inspect turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle for signs of corrosion.
0047-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
3. Connect turret wiring harness connector to turret control panel receptacle.
Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free of corrosion?
DECISION
No - If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that turret control panel receptacle and
harness connector has corrosion or damage. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does TURRET POWER switch
remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to power relay assembly?)
TEST 3 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to power relay assembly?
Verify turret wiring harness connector is tightly secured to power relay assembly.
POWER
RELAY
POWER
RELAY
CONNECTORS
ASV01361
Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to power relay assembly?
DECISION
No - Tightly connect turret wiring harness connector to power relay assembly.
Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Are turret wiring harness connectors and power relay assembly connectors free
from signs of corrosion?)
TEST 4 - Are turret wiring harness connectors and power relay assembly connectors free from signs of
corrosion?
1. Disconnect turret wiring harness connectors from power relay assembly.
0047-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
POWER
RELAY
POWER
RELAY
CONNECTORS
ASV01361
Figure 6. Turret Wiring Harness Connectors - Test 4.
2. Visually inspect turret wiring harness connectors and power relay assembly connectors for signs of corrosion.
3. Connect turret wiring harness connectors to power relay assembly.
Are turret wiring harness connectors and power relay assembly connectors free from signs of corrosion?
DECISION
No - If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that power relay assembly connectors or
harness connectors have corrosion or damage. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does TURRET POWER switch
remain set to on position?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that turret power switch returns to off position when
released.
TEST 5 - Does TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?
NOTE
Turret switches will move to OFF position if MASTER POWER switch is moved to OFF
position.
1. Move MASTER POWER switch on driver's control panel to ON position.
0047-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF SPARE
OFF ON SPARE
G
1/2
OFF
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04065
2. Move TURRET POWER switch on driver's control panel to ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
3. Move TURRET POWER switch on turret control panel to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
NOTE
4. Verify turret control panel TURRET POWER switch position.
0047-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
5. Move TURRET POWER switch on turret control panel to OFF position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL
Figure 10. Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5.
6. Move MASTER POWER switch on driver's control panel to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
7. Move TURRET POWER switch on driver's control panel to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
Figure 12. Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 5.
Does TURRET POWER switch remain set to on position?
0047-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0047
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that turret power switch returns to off position when
released.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0047-7/0047-8 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0048
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SPOTLIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
INITIAL SETUP:

Turret Control Panel (WP 0006) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SPOTLIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
TEST 1 - Is turret spotlight cable secured tightly, free of corrosion, and toggle switch in on position?
1. Verify turret spotlight switch is in on position.
OFF
ON
TURRET SPOTLIGHT SWITCH

ASV04648
Figure 1. Turret Spotlight Switch - Test 1.
2. Visually inspect turret spotlight cable for secure fit and signs of corrosion.
0048-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0048
SPOTLIGHT CABLE
SPOTLIGHT
ASV01353
Figure 2. Spotlight Cable - Test 1.
Is turret spotlight cable secured tightly, free of corrosion, and toggle switch in on position?
DECISION
No - Move turret spotlight switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 2 - Does spotlight operate
properly?) If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that spotlight cable has corrosion or
damage.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that spotlight does not illuminate with turret power on.
TEST 2 - Does spotlight operate properly?

1. Move Turret Power switch to ON position. (WP 0025)
2. Verify spotlight functions properly. (WP 0006)
3. Move Turret Power switch to OFF position. (WP 0025)
Does spotlight operate properly?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel spotlight does not illuminate with turret power on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0048-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0049
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
INITIAL SETUP:

Gunner's Sight (WP 0014) Engine off. (WP 0079)
Turn Turret Power On/Off (WP 0025) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
TEST 1 - Is SIGHT POWER switch in on position?

1. Move TURRET POWER switch to on position. (WP 0025)
2. Move SIGHT POWER switch to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

SIGHT
POWER
SWITCH
ASV04173
Figure 1. Sight Power Switch to On Position - Test 1.
Is SIGHT POWER switch in on position?
DECISION
No - Move SIGHT POWER switch to on position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Is sight power restored?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are RETICLE and TUBE brightness knobs adjusted for sight operation?)
TEST 2 - Are RETICLE and TUBE brightness knobs adjusted for sight operation?
Ensure RETICLE and TUBE brightness knobs are adjusted for sight operation. (WP 0014)
0049-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0049
RETICLE
BRIGHTNESS
ADJUSTING
KNOB
TUBE BRIGHTNESS
ADJUSTING KNOB ASV01657
Figure 2. Reticle and Tube Brightness Knobs - Test 2.
Are RETICLE and TUBE brightness knobs adjusted for sight operation?
DECISION
No - Adjust RETICLE and TUBE brightness knobs for proper operation. (WP 0014) Verify problem is solved.
(Test 5 - Is sight power restored?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to turret control panel
receptacle?)
TEST 3 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to turret control panel receptacle?
Ensure turret wiring harness connector is tightly secured to turret control panel receptacle.
VIEW ROTATED
90 DEGREES
TURRET
FOR CLARITY
POWER
CONTROL
TURRET WIRING RECEPTACLE
HARNESS CONNECTOR
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01652
0049-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0049
Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to turret control panel receptacle?
DECISION
No - Tightly secure turret wiring harness connector to turret control panel receptacle. Verify problem is solved.
(Test 5 - Is sight power restored?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free from
signs of corrosion?)
TEST 4 - Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free from signs of
corrosion?
2. Disconnect turret wiring harness connector from turret control panel.
TURRET
TURRET CONTROL
WIRING PANEL
HARNESS
SIGICL
RET1
O
EXHOWE F
BL F
TL
SPO 2
R
TURWER F
PO OF
F
OF
F
OF
ASV01668
Figure 4. Turret Wiring Harness - Test 4.
3. Visually inspect turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle for signs of corrosion.
4. Connect turret wiring harness connector to turret control panel.
Are turret wiring harness connector and turret control panel receptacle free from signs of corrosion?
DECISION
No - If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that turret control panel receptacle or
harness connector has corrosion or damage. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Is sight power restored?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that sight power does not operate with turret power on.
TEST 5 - Is sight power restored?

1. If in off position, move TURRET POWER switch to on position. (WP 0025)
2. Move SIGHT POWER switch to on position.
0049-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0049
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

SIGHT
POWER
SWITCH
ASV04173
3. Verify sight operation.

Is sight power restored?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that sight power does not operate with turret power on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0049-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0050
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
TEST 1 - Does SIGHT POWER switch remain set to on position?
NOTE
position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
Figure 2. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to On Position - Test 1.
0050-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0050
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
4. Move SIGHT POWER switch on turret control panel to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

SIGHT
POWER
SWITCH
ASV04173
NOTE
5. Verify SIGHT POWER switch position.
6. Move SIGHT POWER switch on turret control panel to OFF position.
0050-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0050
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

SIGHT
POWER
SWITCH
ASV01661
Figure 5. Sight Power Switch to Off Position - Test 1.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
0050-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0050

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Does SIGHT POWER switch remain set to on position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that sight power switch does not remain in on position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0050-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0051
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
INITIAL SETUP:

TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET POWER ON
TEST 1 - Are exhaust blower electrical connectors properly connected and tightly secured?
WARNING
• Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, bracelets, etc., prior to working on or around
vehicle. Jewelry and tools can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits,
and cause a direct short, severe burns, or electrical shock. Failure to comply may result
• Ensure electrical power is off prior to working on all electrical connections. Failure to
Ensure exhaust blower electrical connectors are connected correctly and tightened securely.
EXHAUST
BLOWER
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01673
Figure 1. Exhaust Blower Electrical Connectors - Test 1.
Are exhaust blower electrical connectors properly connected and tightly secured?
0051-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0051
DECISION
No - Properly connect and/or tightly connect exhaust blower connectors. Verify problem is solved. (Test 2 - Does
exhaust blower operate?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that exhaust blower does not operate with turret power
on.
TEST 2 - Does exhaust blower operate?

1. Move TURRET POWER switch to on position. (WP 0025)
2. Move EXHAUST BLOWER power switch to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

EXHAUST
BLOWER
SWITCH
ASV04169
Figure 2. Exhaust Blower Power Switch to On Position - Test 2.
3. Verify exhaust blower operation.

4. Move EXHAUST BLOWER power switch to OFF position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

EXHAUST
BLOWER
SWITCH
ASV01662
Figure 3. Exhaust Blower Power Switch to Off Position - Test 2.
Does exhaust blower operate?
0051-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0051
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that exhaust blower does not operate with turret power
on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0051-3/0051-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0052
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION
TEST 1 - Does EXHAUST BLOWER switch remain set to on position?
CAUTION
Each switch in the turret acts as a circuit breaker. If a switch suddenly moves to the off
position, it is the result of an overloaded circuit and maintenance personnel must be notified
immediately. Do not hold the switch in the on position as it will cause damage to circuits
and/or equipment. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
0052-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0052
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
4. Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch to on position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

EXHAUST
BLOWER
SWITCH
ASV04972
Figure 4. Exhaust Blower Switch to On Position - Test 1.
5. Verify EXHAUST BLOWER switch position.
0052-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0052
6. Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch to OFF position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF

EXHAUST
BLOWER
SWITCH
ASV01662
Figure 5. Exhaust Blower Switch to Off Position - Test 1.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
0052-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0052

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Does EXHAUST BLOWER switch remain set to on position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that exhaust blower switch does not remain in on position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0052-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0053
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - FIRING RELAY INDICATOR ILLUMINATES WHEN TURRET CONTROL PANEL
TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Equipment Condition
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - FIRING RELAY INDICATOR ILLUMINATES WHEN TURRET CONTROL PANEL
TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION
TEST 1 - Does FIRING RELAY ON indicator illuminate when turret control panel TURRET POWER switch is
moved to on position?
WARNING
The firing relay indicator on the weapon control illuminating when turret power is turned on
indicates a safety hazard. The machine guns may fire when armed. Turret power must be
turned off and maintenance personnel notified. Failure to comply may result in injury or death
to personnel.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193
Figure 1. Master Power Switch to On Postion - Test 1.
0053-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0053

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
Figure 2. Driver's Control Panel Turret Power to On Position - Test 1.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
0053-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0053
NOTE
4. Observe gunner's control panel FIRING RELAY ON indicator.
350 355 0
340 345
335
FIRING
RELAY
ON LAST
ROUND
40 MM
ARMED
.50 CAL
ARMED
LAMP TEST
ALL
INDICATOR
LIGHT FIRING SMOKE GRENADES
RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT

GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
ASV01676
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Firing Relay On Indicator - Test 1.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL
Figure 5. Turret Control Panel Turret Power to Off Position - Test 1.
0053-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0053

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75 24 32 GLOBAL INST.
16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 0 7
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Does FIRING RELAY ON indicator illuminate when turret control panel TURRET POWER switch is moved to
on position?
DECISION
Yes - Move turret control panel TURRET POWER switch to OFF position. Problem not found. Notify maintenance
personnel that firing relay indicator illuminates when turret control panel turret power switch is moved to on
position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0053-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0054
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - MACHINE GUN ARMING SWITCH DOES NOT STAY ARMED WITH TURRET
POWER ON
INITIAL SETUP:

GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - MACHINE GUN ARMING SWITCH DOES NOT STAY ARMED WITH TURRET
POWER ON
TEST 1 - Are turret wiring harness connectors tightly secured to power relay assembly receptacles?
Ensure turret wiring harness connectors are tightly secured to power relay assembly receptacles.
POWER
RELAY
POWER
RELAY
CONNECTORS
ASV01361
Figure 1. Power Relay Assembly Harness Connectors - Test 1.
Are turret wiring harness connectors tightly secured to power relay assembly receptacles?
0054-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0054
DECISION
No - Tightly secure turret wiring harness connectors to power relay assembly receptacles. Verify problem is
solved. (Test 3 - Does machine gun arming switch remain in armed position with turret control panel TURRET
POWER switch in on position?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to gunner's control panel
receptacle?)
TEST 2 - Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to gunner's control panel receptacle?
Ensure turret wiring harness connector is tightly secured to gunner's control panel receptacle.
TURRET
WIRING
HARNESS T
L S
ALP TE
M
LA
S
ME AL
DE
D
AR 0 C
NA
.5
RE
EG
OK
SM
ME M
D
AR40 M
HT
RIG
350 355 0
340 345
335
UN T
D
ROLAS
FT
ON LAY G
LE
RE IRIN
F
IT
HIB
IN
ER UN T
RID D
OV RO LAS
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL ASV01830
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Harness Connectors - Test 2.
Is turret wiring harness connector tightly secured to gunner's control panel receptacle?
DECISION
No - Tightly secure turret wiring harness connector to gunner's control panel. Verify problem is solved. (Test 3
- Does machine gun arming switch remain in armed position with turret control panel TURRET POWER switch
in on position?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that machine gun arming switch does not stay armed
with turret power on.
TEST 3 - Does machine gun arming switch remain in armed position with turret control panel TURRET
POWER switch in on position?
NOTE
Turret switches will move to OFF position if turret power switch is moved to OFF position.
0054-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0054

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
POWER
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
BILGE OFF ON OFF ON
SWITCH
B.O. SER TL4
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04187
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET
POWER TURRET
SWITCH CONTROL
PANEL
ASV04176
4. Move 40-mm/.50-Cal. machine gun arming switch to 40-MM ARMED or .50 CAL ARMED position.
0054-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0054
40-MM/.50 CAL.
MACHINE GUN
ARMING SWITCH
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
350 355 0
340 345
335
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01682
Figure 6. Gunner's Control Panel Arming Switch - Test 3.
NOTE
5. Verify 40-mm/.50-Cal. machine gun arming switch position.
GREEN
INDICATOR
LAMP

350 355 0
340 345
335
OFF OFF OFF OFF
TURRET TURRET
POWER CONTROL
0054-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0054

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Does machine gun arming switch remain in armed position with turret control panel TURRET POWER switch in
on position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that machine gun arming switch does not stay armed
with turret power on.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0054-5/0054-6 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0055
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - LAST ROUND OVERRIDE SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN OVERRIDE
POSITION
INITIAL SETUP:

GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - LAST ROUND OVERRIDE SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN OVERRIDE
POSITION
TEST 1 - Is LAST ROUND indicator light illuminated?
NOTE
LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch will not remain in override position unless LAST ROUND
indicator light illuminates.
1. Visually inspect 40-mm ammunition box and ensure ammunition is down to last round.
AMMUNITION BOX
40-MM AMMUNITION
ASV01678
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition Box - Test 1.

3. Observe LAST ROUND indicator light.
0055-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0055
LAST ROUND
INDICATOR LAMP
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL 0
ROUND ARMED LAMP TEST 335 340 345 350 355
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT

GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST ROUND
OVERRIDE SWITCH ASV01683
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Light - Test 1.
Is LAST ROUND indicator light illuminated?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel last round override switch does not remain in override
position.
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Does LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch remain in override position?)
TEST 2 - Does LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch remain in override position?

2. Move LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch to override position.
0055-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0055
LAST ROUND
INDICATOR LAMP
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED LAMP TEST
ROUND ARMED ALL GUNNER’S
335 340 345 350 355 0
CONTROL
PANEL
RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE ASV04172
Figure 3. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Override Switch to Override Position - Test 2.
NOTE
3. Verify LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch position.
4. Move LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch to off position.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ROUND ARMED ARMED
LAMP TEST
ALL
GUNNER’S
335 340 345 350 355 0
CONTROL
PANEL
RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE ASV04175
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Override Switch to Off Position - Test 2.
0055-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0055
Does LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch remain in override position?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel last round override switch does not remain in override
position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0055-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0056
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK
INITIAL SETUP:

MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition Loading Engine off. (WP 0079)
(WP 0023) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK
TEST 1 - Is 40-mm ammunition in ammunition box is loaded correctly and free of damage?
1. Ensure that ammunition is loaded correctly. (WP 0023)
2. Visually inspect 40-mm ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
AMMUNITION BOX
40-MM AMMUNITION
ASV01678
Figure 1. 40-MM Ammunition - Test 1.
Is 40-mm ammunition in ammunition box is loaded correctly and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly load 40-mm ammunition and/or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0023)
Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does 40-mm machine gun feed?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Do any 40-mm ammunition box ammunition flaps stick in upright position?)
0056-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0056
TEST 2 - Do any 40-mm ammunition box ammunition flaps stick in upright position?
WARNING
Ensure the weapon is clear of ammunition before performing maintenance or removal

1. Open top and bottom ammunition box doors.
AMMUNITION
BOX TOP
DOOR
AMMUNITION ASV02486
BOTTOM FLAPS
DOORS
Figure 2. Open Ammunition Box Doors - Test 1.

2. Place all ammunition flaps in upright position.
3. Close bottom doors and ensure all ammunition flaps fall forward.
Do any 40-mm ammunition box ammunition flaps stick in upright position?
DECISION
No - Properly load 40-mm ammunition and/or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0023)
Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does 40-mm machine gun feed?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not feed.
TEST 3 - Does 40-mm machine gun feed?

Ensure that 40-mm machine gun feeds. (WP 0028)
Does 40-mm machine gun feed?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not feed.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0056-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0057
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE
INITIAL SETUP:
References References - Continued

MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition Loading Machine Gun, 40-MM, MK19, MOD 3 (TM
(WP 0023) 9-1010-230-10)
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028) Turn Turret Power On/Off (WP 0025)
Equipment Condition
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE
TEST 1 - Is 40-mm ammunition in feed slide assembly loaded correctly and free of damage?
NOTE
Ensure .50-cal. machine gun safety selector is in "S" position and weapon is disarmed.
1. Verify turret power switch at driver's control unit is in OFF position. (WP 0025)
2. Ensure that ammunition in feed slide assembly is loaded correctly and free of damage. (WP 0023)
40-MM
AMMUNITION
FEED SLIDE
ASSEMBLY
ASV00049
Figure 1. Ammunition in Feed Slide Assembly - Test 1.
Is 40-mm ammunition in feed slide assembly loaded correctly and free of damage?
0057-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0057
DECISION
No - Properly load 40-mm ammunition in feed throat assembly and/or replace damaged ammunition.
(WP 0023)
Verify Problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does 40-mm machine gun charge?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is charger slide engaged?)
TEST 2 - Is charger slide engaged?

Ensure that charger slide in 40-mm machine gun charging system is in engaged position. (WP 0023)
CHARGING
SYSTEM
ASV01350
Figure 2. 40-MM Machine Gun Charger Slide - Test 2.
Is charger slide engaged?
DECISION
No - Move charger slide to engaged position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does 40-mm machine gun
charge?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Are charger chain and charger assembly free of damage?)
0057-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0057
TEST 3 - Are charger chain and charger assembly free of damage?

Visually inspect charger chain and charger assembly for damage.
CHARGER CHAIN
CHARGER ASSEMBLY
ASV00050
Figure 3. 40-MM Machine Gun Charger Chain and Charger Assembly - Test 3.
Are charger chain and charger assembly free of damage?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel of damage to charger chain or assembly.
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Are 40-mm machine gun bolt and backplate assembly serviceable and free of
damage?)
0057-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0057
TEST 4 - Are 40-mm machine gun bolt and backplate assembly serviceable and free of damage?
WARNING
Do not allow bolt to slam forward when receiver cover is open. Be prepared to catch dropped/
ejected live round. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
Ensure that 40-mm machine gun bolt and backplate assembly are clean, lubricated, and free of damage.
Machine Gun, 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 (TM 9-1010-230-10)
Are 40-mm machine gun bolt and backplate assembly serviceable and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Service bolt and/or backplate. Replace if damaged. Machine Gun, 40-MM, MK19, MOD 3 (TM
9-1010-230-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does 40-mm machine gun charge?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not charge.
TEST 5 - Does 40-mm machine gun charge?

Ensure that 40-mm machine gun will charge. (WP 0028)
Does 40-mm machine gun charge?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not charge.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0057-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE
INITIAL SETUP:
References Equipment Condition - Continued

TM 9-1010-230-23&P Turret power on drivers control panel on.
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition Loading (WP 0079)
(WP 0023) Turret power on gunners control panel on.
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028) (WP 0079)
Gunner's Control Panel (WP 0028) Engine off. (WP 0079)
Gunner's Control Panel - Last Round Override Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
Switch Does Not Remain in Override Position
(WP 0055)
Equipment Condition
Master power switch on. (WP 0079)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE
TEST 1 - Is 40-mm machine gun safety lever in "F" or fire position?

Ensure machine gun safety lever is in "F" fire position.
SAFE FIRE
SWITCH
350 355 0
340 345
335
ASV01852
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun in Fire Position - Test 1.
0058-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
Is 40-mm machine gun safety lever in "F" or fire position?
DECISION
No - Move 40-mm machine gun safety switch to "F" fire position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does 40-
mm machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Are 40-mm machine gun switches in firing positions?)
TEST 2 - Are 40-mm machine gun switches in firing positions?

Ensure 40-mm machine gun switches are in correct positions for firing. (WP 0028)
Are 40-mm machine gun switches in firing positions?
DECISION
No - Move 40-mm machine gun switches to firing positions. (WP 0028) Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does
40-mm machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is 40-mm machine gun charged?)
TEST 3 - Is 40-mm machine gun charged?

Ensure that weapon is charged. (WP 0023)
Is 40-mm machine gun charged?
DECISION
No - Charge weapon. (WP 0023) Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire
electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Does an inhibit condition exist that prohibits firing of 40-mm machine gun?)
TEST 4 - Does an inhibit condition exist that prohibits firing of 40-mm machine gun?
Ensure that turret is not directed in an inhibit firing zone and no condition exists that causes inhibit indicator
lamp to illuminate. (WP 0028)
0058-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
LAST ROUND
INDICATOR LAMP
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND 0
345 350 355
OVERRIDE 335 340
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
INHIBIT
INDICATOR LAMP
ASV01717
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Lamp - Test 4.
Does an inhibit condition exist that prohibits firing of 40-mm machine gun?
DECISION
No - Go to test 5. (Test 5 - Is LAST ROUND indicator lamp illuminated?)
Yes - Correct inhibit condition or traverse turret out of inhibit zone. (WP 0028) Verify problem is solved. (Test 9
- Does 40-mm machine gun fire electrically?)
TEST 5 - Is LAST ROUND indicator lamp illuminated?

1. Visually inspect 40-mm ammunition box to determine if ammunition has passed the last round override
pressure plate.
0058-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
AMMUNITION BOX
40-MM AMMUNITION
ASV01678
Figure 3. 40-MM Ammunition Box - Test 5.
0058-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
2. Observe LAST ROUND indicator lamp.
LAST ROUND
INDICATOR LAMP
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL 0
ROUND ARMED LAMP TEST 335 340 345 350 355
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT

GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST ROUND
OVERRIDE SWITCH ASV01683
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Last Round Indicator Lamp - Test 5.
Is LAST ROUND indicator lamp illuminated?
DECISION
No - Go to test 6. (Test 6 - Is firing solenoid properly connected and tightly secured to 40-mm machine gun?)
Yes - Move LAST ROUND OVERRIDE switch up to override position and/or reload 40-mm ammunition.
(WP 0023) Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire electrically?)
TEST 6 - Is firing solenoid properly connected and tightly secured to 40-mm machine gun?
Visually inspect firing solenoid and ensure it is properly connected and tightly secured to 40-mm machine gun.
(TM 9-1010-230-10)
40-MM
MACHINE
GUN
SOLENOID
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
FIRING
SOLENOID ASV00031
Figure 5. 40-MM Machine Gun Firing Solenoid - Test 6.
Is firing solenoid properly connected and tightly secured to 40-mm machine gun?
0058-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0058
DECISION
No - Tightly connect firing solenoid to weapon. (TM 9-1010-230-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does
40-mm machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 7. (Test 7 - Is solenoid electrical harness connector tightly secured to firing solenoid?)
TEST 7 - Is solenoid electrical harness connector tightly secured to firing solenoid?

Visually inspect solenoid electrical harness connector and ensure it is secured tightly to firing solenoid. (TM
9-1010-230-10)
40-MM
MACHINE
GUN
SOLENOID
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
FIRING
SOLENOID ASV00031
Figure 6. 40-MM Machine Gun Firing Solenoid Harness Connector - Test 7.
Is solenoid electrical harness connector tightly secured to firing solenoid?
DECISION
No - Properly connect solenoid electrical harness connector to firing solenoid. (TM 9-1010-230-10) Verify
problem is solved. (Test 9 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 8.
TEST 8 - Does weapon fire manually?

Attempt to fire weapon manually. (WP 0028)
Does weapon fire manually?
DECISION
No - Turn 40-mm machine gun into armorer.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not fire.
TEST 9 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire electrically?

Ensure that 40-mm machine gun fires electrically. (WP 0028)
Does 40-mm machine gun fire electrically?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun does not fire electrically.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0058-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0059
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - MISFIRE OF 40-MM ROUND
INITIAL SETUP:
References References - Continued

TM 9-1010-230-10 MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028)
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition Loading Weapons Clearing (WP 0032)
(WP 0023)
Equipment Condition
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - MISFIRE OF 40-MM ROUND
TEST 1 - Is 40-mm ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?

1. Place weapon on SAFE and disarm weapon. (TM 9-1010-230-10)

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581

4. Visually inspect 40-mm ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
0059-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0059
AMMUNITION BOX
40-MM AMMUNITION
ASV01678
Figure 2. 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 1.
Is 40-mm ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly load 40-mm ammunition and/or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0023) Verify problem is
solved. (Test 4 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is feed slide assembly seated fully to the left?)
TEST 2 - Is feed slide assembly seated fully to the left?

1. Ensure weapon is on SAFE and disarmed. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
2. Ensure TURRET POWER switch on driver's control panel is in OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
Figure 3. Turret Power Switch in Off Position - Test 2.
3. Ensure that feed slide assembly is seated fully to the left. (WP 0023)
0059-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0059
40-MM
AMMUNITION
FEED SLIDE
ASSEMBLY
ASV00049
Figure 4. 40-MM Machine Gun Feed Slide Assembly - Test 2.
Is feed slide assembly seated fully to the left?
DECISION
No - Ensure the feed slide assembly is all the way to the left. (WP 0023) Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does
40-mm machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is 40-mm machine gun free of jammed ammunition and other obstructions?)
TEST 3 - Is 40-mm machine gun free of jammed ammunition and other obstructions?
WARNING
• Keep limbs inside turret basket area when traversing turret. Failure to comply may result
• Ensure driver’s and commander’s hatches are closed and all personnel are clear of area
before operating turret. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Armed machine guns may still be fired manually with arming switch and turret power
switch turned off. Ensure weapons are cleared. Failure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
• The 40-mm machine gun may still be fired manually with machine gun arming switch and
turret power switch turned off. Ensure 40-mm safe-fire switch is in safe position. Failure
to move safe-fire switch to safe may result in injury or death to personnel.
1. Place weapon on SAFE. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
2. Move machine gun arming switch to off position.
0059-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0059
40-MM/.50 CAL.
MACHINE GUN
ARMING SWITCH
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
350 355 0
340 345
335
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01682
Figure 5. Gunner's Control Panel Machine Gun Arming Switch to Off Position - Test 3.
3. Ensure that 40-mm machine gun is cleared and free of obstructions. (WP 0032)
Is 40-mm machine gun free of jammed ammunition and other obstructions?
DECISION
No - Clear weapon of jammed ammunition or obstructions. (WP 0032) Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 - Does
40-mm machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire?)
TEST 4 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire?

2. Ensure that 40-mm machine gun fires. (WP 0028)
Does 40-mm machine gun fire?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm round misfired.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0059-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0060
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AUTOMATIC FIRING IS UNCONTROLLED
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1010-230-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AUTOMATIC FIRING IS UNCONTROLLED
TEST 1 - Is bolt sear on 40-mm machine gun free of damage?

Visually inspect bolt sear to determine if there are signs of damage. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
Is bolt sear on 40-mm machine gun free of damage?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel of damage to bolt sear.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel 40-mm machine gun automatic firing is uncontrolled.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0060-1/0060-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0061
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - WEAPON FIRES AT INTERMITTENT SPEEDS
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1010-230-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Firing (WP 0028) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - WEAPON FIRES AT INTERMITTENT SPEEDS
TEST 1 - Are 40-mm machine gun bore and chamber free of dirt and foreign objects?

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
2. Place weapon on SAFE. (TM 9-1010-230-10)

3. Ensure that weapon bore and chamber are free of dirt and foreign objects. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
Are 40-mm machine gun bore and chamber free of dirt and foreign objects?
DECISION
No - Clean 40-mm machine gun bore and/or chamber. (TM 9-1010-230-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 4 -
Does 40-mm machine gun fire normally?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is 40-mm machine gun free of weak recoil springs and bent guide rods?)
TEST 2 - Is 40-mm machine gun free of weak recoil springs and bent guide rods?
Ensure that weapon recoil springs are strong and serviceable, and weapon guide rods are straight.
(TM 9-1010-230-10)
Is 40-mm machine gun free of weak recoil springs and bent guide rods?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel of weak coil springs or bent guide rod.
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is bolt sear on 40-mm machine gun tightly secured?)
TEST 3 - Is bolt sear on 40-mm machine gun tightly secured?

Ensure that bolt sear is tightly secured. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
0061-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0061
Is bolt sear on 40-mm machine gun tightly secured?
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel that bolt sear is loose.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun fires at intermittent speeds.
TEST 4 - Does 40-mm machine gun fire normally?

Ensure that 40-mm machine gun fires normally. (WP 0028)
Does 40-mm machine gun fire normally?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun fires at intermittent speeds.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0061-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0062
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - COVER DOES NOT CLOSE
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1010-230-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
MK-19 40-MM Machine Gun Ammunition Loading Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
(WP 0023)
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - COVER DOES NOT CLOSE
TEST 1 - Is feed slide assembly in proper position and is ammunition properly loaded?
Ensure that feed slide assembly is positioned as far left as possible and that ammunition is straight and seated
firmly in the feeder. (WP 0023)
40-MM
AMMUNITION
FEED SLIDE
ASSEMBLY
ASV00049
Figure 1. 40-MM Machine Gun Feed Slide Assembly - Test 1.
Is feed slide assembly in proper position and is ammunition properly loaded?
DECISION
No - Properly position feed slide assembly and ensure that ammunition is loaded correctly. (WP 0023)
Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does 40-mm machine gun top cover close?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is 40-mm machine gun bolt in forward position?)
TEST 2 - Is 40-mm machine gun bolt in forward position?

Ensure that bolt is in forward position. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
Is 40-mm machine gun bolt in forward position?
0062-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0062
DECISION
No - Notify maintenance personnel that machine gun bolt will not go forward.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun cover does not close.
TEST 3 - Does 40-mm machine gun top cover close?

Close 40-mm machine gun top cover. (TM 9-1010-230-10)
Does 40-mm machine gun top cover close?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that 40-mm machine gun cover does not close.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0062-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0063
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1005-213-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
M48 .50-Cal. Ammunition Loading (WP 0022) Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Firing (WP 0029)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK
TEST 1 - Is M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charged?

1. Verify M48 .50-Cal. machine gun safety selector is in "S" position and weapon is disarmed.
2. Ensure weapon is charged. (WP 0022)
CHARGING HANDLE ASV04695
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun in Safe Position - Test 1.
Is M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charged?
DECISION
No - Charge weapon. (WP 0022) Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun feed?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is M48 .50-Cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?)
0063-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0063
TEST 2 - Is M48 .50-Cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?

1. Ensure ammunition is loaded correctly. (WP 0022)
2. Visually inspect M48 .50-Cal. ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION
ASV01714
Figure 2. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 2.
Is M48 .50-Cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly load M48 .50-Cal. ammunition, or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0022)
Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun feed?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is M48 .50-Cal. receiver cover closed and latched?)
TEST 3 - Is M48 .50-Cal. receiver cover closed and latched?

Ensure that M48 .50-Cal. receiver cover is closed and latched. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
.50-CAL
RECEIVER
COVER
ASV04316
Figure 3. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Receiver Cover - Test 3.
Is M48 .50-Cal. receiver cover closed and latched?
DECISION
No - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Is bellmouth chute on M48 .50-Cal. machine gun free of damage?)
Yes - Close and latch cover. (TM 9-1005-213-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine
gun feed?)
0063-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0063
TEST 4 - Is bellmouth chute on M48 .50-Cal. machine gun free of damage?

Visually inspect bellmouth chute on M48 .50-Cal. machine gun for damage.
BELLMOUTH
CHUTE ASV01716
Figure 4. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Bellmouth Chute - Test 4.
Is bellmouth chute on M48 .50-Cal. machine gun free of damage?
DECISION
No - Notify armorer of damage to bellmouth chute.
Yes - Go to test 5. (Test 5 - Is guide roller assembly damaged or binding?)
TEST 5 - Is guide roller assembly damaged or binding?
WARNING
Ensure the weapon is clear of ammunition before performing maintenance or removal

1. Inspect shoulder shafts for gouges, nicks, or missing pieces.
0063-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0063
GUIDE
ROLLER SPACER
ASSEMBLY
SHOULDER
SHAFTS
ASV02517
Figure 5. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Shoulder Shaft.

2. Verify guide spacer and shoulder shafts spin freely.
Is guide roller assembly damaged or binding?
DECISION
No - Go to test 6. (Test 6 - Are feed mechanism rollers damaged or binding?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. guide roller assembly is damaged.
TEST 6 - Are feed mechanism rollers damaged or binding?

1. Inspect rollers for gouges, nicks, or missing pieces.
ROLLERS
FEED MECHANISM
COVER
ASV02518
Figure 6. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Feed Mechanism Rollers - Test 6.
2. Verify rollers spin freely.
Are feed mechanism rollers damaged or binding?
0063-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0063
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun rollers do not feed
machine gun.
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. feed mechanism rollers are damaged.
TEST 7 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun feed?

Ensure that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun will feed. (WP 0029)
Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun feed?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun rollers do not feed
machine gun.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0063-5/0063-6 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0064
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1005-213-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE
TEST 1 - Is M48 .50-cal. machine gun charged?

Ensure M48 .50-cal. machine gun is charged. (WP 0022)
Is M48 .50-cal. machine gun charged?
DECISION
No - Charge weapon. (WP 0022) Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Does an inhibit condition exist prohibiting firing of M48 .50-cal. machine gun?)
TEST 2 - Does an inhibit condition exist prohibiting firing of M48 .50-cal. machine gun?
Ensure that turret is not directed in an inhibit firing zone and no condition exists causing inhibit indicator light
to illuminate. (WP 0028)
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND 0
345 350 355
OVERRIDE 335 340
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
INHIBIT
INDICATOR LAMP
ASV04774
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Inhibit Indicator Lamp - Test 2.
0064-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0064
Does an inhibit condition exist prohibiting firing of M48 .50-cal. machine gun?
DECISION
No - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is M48 .50-Cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?)
Yes - Correct inhibit condition or traverse turret out of inhibit zone. (WP 0028) Verify that problem is solved.
(Test 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?)

1. Ensure M48 .50-cal. machine gun safety selector is in "S" position and weapon is disarmed.
3. Visually inspect M48 .50-cal. ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
ASV01714
Figure 2. M48 .50-cal. Machine Gun Ammunition - Test 3.
DECISION
No - Properly load M48 .50-cal. ammunition, or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0022) Verify problem is
solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Is trigger actuator slide on weapon properly lubricated?)
TEST 4 - Is trigger actuator slide on weapon properly lubricated?

Ensure that trigger actuator slide on M48 .50-cal. machine gun is properly lubricated. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
Is trigger actuator slide on weapon properly lubricated?
DECISION
No - Properly lubricate trigger actuator slide. (TM 9-1010-230-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .
50-cal. machine gun fire?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire.
TEST 5 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire manually?

Ensure M48 .50-cal. machine gun fires manually. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire manually?
0064-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0064
DECISION
No - Replace weapon. Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?)
Yes - Go to test 6. (Test 6 - Is solenoid timing correct?)
TEST 6 - Is solenoid timing correct?

Check timing of solenoid. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
Is solenoid timing correct?
DECISION
No - Replace weapon. Verify problem is solved. (Test 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire.
TEST 7 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?

Ensure that M48 .50-cal. machine gun fires. (WP 0029)
Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0064-3/0064-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0065
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE
INITIAL SETUP:

TM 9-1005-213-10 Engine off. (WP 0079)
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE
TEST 1 - Is M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charger and charging handle properly installed, clean, and free of
damage?
Ensure that .50-Cal machine gun charger and charging handle are properly installed, clean and free of damage.
(TM 9-1005-213-10 )
.50-CAL.
MACHINE GUN
CHARGER
ASV01731
CHARGING
HANDLE
Figure 1. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun - Test 1.
Is M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charger and charging handle properly installed, clean, and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly install charger and charging handle. (TM 9-1005-213-10) Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does
M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charge?) If charger or charging handle are damaged, notify maintenance personnel
that charger or charging handle is damaged.
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is M48 .50-Cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?)

1. Ensure ammunition is loaded correctly. (WP 0022)
2. Visually inspect M48 .50-Cal. ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
0065-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0065
ASV01714
DECISION
No - Properly load M48 .50-Cal. ammunition, or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0022)
Verify problem is solved. (Test 3 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charge?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun does not charge.
TEST 3 - Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charge?

Ensure that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun will charge. (WP 0029)
Does M48 .50-Cal. machine gun charge?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-Cal. machine gun does not charge.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0065-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - MACHINE GUN DOES NOT FIRE ELECTRICALLY
INITIAL SETUP:
References Equipment Condition - Continued

TM 9-1005-213-10 Wheels chocked. (WP 0078)
M48 .50-Cal. Ammunition Loading (WP 0022) Power on. (TM 9-2320-307-10)
Equipment Condition
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - MACHINE GUN DOES NOT FIRE ELECTRICALLY
TEST 1 - Is 40-mm/M48 .50-cal. machine gun arming switch in .50-CAL ARMED position?
Verify 40-mm/.50 Cal machine gun arming switch is in .50-CAL ARMED position.
GUNNER’S 40 MM OFF .50 CAL

CONTROL
PANEL LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ROUND ARMED
ARMED
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL
350 355 0
340 345
335

RELAY
ON FIRING
LAST
ROUND
RELAY
OVERRIDE ON
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
MACHINE GUN
ARMING
SWITCH
INHIBIT ASV02764
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Machine Gun Arming Switch - Test 1.
Is 40-mm/M48 .50-cal. machine gun arming switch in .50-CAL ARMED position?
DECISION
No - Move 40-mm/.50-Cal machine gun arming switch to .50-CAL ARMED position. Verify problem is solved.
(Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Is weapon set to fire 'F' position?)
TEST 2 - Is weapon set to fire 'F' position?

Verify weapon is set to 'F' position.
Is weapon set to fire 'F' position?
0066-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
DECISION
No - Set weapon to fire 'F' position. Verify problem is solved. (Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire
electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Is solenoid on M48 .50-cal. machine gun properly installed and free of damage?)
TEST 3 - Is solenoid on M48 .50-cal. machine gun properly installed and free of damage?
Ensure solenoid is free of damage and properly installed. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
SOLENOID
TURRET
ELECTRICAL
ASV01880 WIRING HARNESS
Figure 2. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Solenoid - Test 3.
Is solenoid on M48 .50-cal. machine gun properly installed and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly install solenoid to M48 .50-Cal. machine gun. (TM 9-1005-213-10) Verify problem is solved.
(Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?) If solenoid is damaged, notify maintenance personnel
that solenoid is damaged.
Yes - Go to test 4. (Test 4 - Is turret electrical wiring harness connector tightly secured to solenoid
receptacle?)
TEST 4 - Is turret electrical wiring harness connector tightly secured to solenoid receptacle?
WARNING
• Remove all jewelry such as rings, ID tags, bracelets, etc., prior to working on or around
vehicle. Jewelry and tools can catch on equipment, contact positive electrical circuits,
and cause a direct short, severe burns, or electrical shock. Failure to comply may result
• Ensure electrical power is off prior to working on all electrical connections. Failure to
1. Move TURRET POWER switch to OFF position.
0066-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
TURRET B.O.
DRIVE
B.O.
MARKER
STOP
LIGHT
SER
DRIVE
BILGE
PUMP
ENGINE BOTTLE
RED
CB3
OFF ON
FUEL PUMP
GLOBAL
POSITION
CB9
OFF ON
INHIBIT LIGHTS
TL4
G
WARN LIGHTS
POWER UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
SWITCH
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01637
2. Ensure turret electrical wiring harness connector is tightly secured to solenoid receptacle. (TM 9-1005-213-10)
SOLENOID
TURRET
ELECTRICAL
ASV01880 WIRING HARNESS
Figure 4. M48 .50-Cal. Machine Gun Solenoid Harness - Test 4.
Is turret electrical wiring harness connector tightly secured to solenoid receptacle?
DECISION
No - Secure turret wiring harness connector to M48 .50-cal. machine gun solenoid. (TM 9-1005-213-10) Verify
problem is solved. (Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 5. (Test 5 - Does weapon fire manually?)
TEST 5 - Does weapon fire manually?

Verify weapon fires manually. (WP 0029)
Does weapon fire manually?
DECISION
No - Replace weapon. Verify problem is solved. (Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 6. (Test 6 - Does inhibit condition exists preventing firing of weapon?)
TEST 6 - Does inhibit condition exists preventing firing of weapon?

2. Verify all hatches and doors are closed completely and weapon is not pointed in an inhibit zone. (WP 0007)
0066-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
Does inhibit condition exists preventing firing of weapon?
DECISION
No - Go to test 7. (Test 7 - Is M48 .50-cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?)
Yes - Close all hatches and doors completely and aim weapon in safe zone for firing. Verify problem is solved.
(Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?)
TEST 7 - Is M48 .50-cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?

3. Visually inspect M48 .50-cal. ammunition for misaligned, dented, and short rounds.
ASV01714
Is M48 .50-cal. ammunition loaded correctly and free of damage?
DECISION
No - Properly load M48 .50-cal. ammunition, or replace damaged or short round. (WP 0022) Verify problem is
solved. (Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?)
Yes - Go to test 8. (Test 8 - Are slip ring electrical connectors tightly secured and free of corrosion?)
TEST 8 - Are slip ring electrical connectors tightly secured and free of corrosion?
Visually inspect turret slip ring electrical connectors for loose connection and corrosion.
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
SLIP RING
ELECTRICAL
CONNECTORS
ASV01359
Figure 6. Slip Ring Electrical Connectors - Test 8.
0066-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
Are slip ring electrical connectors tightly secured and free of corrosion?
DECISION
No - If loose, tightly secure connector(s). Verify problem is solved. (Test 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun
fire electrically?) If corrosion or damage is present, notify maintenance personnel that slip ring electrical
connectors have corrosion or damage.
Yes - Go to test 9. (Test 9 - Are vehicle batteries properly charged?)
TEST 9 - Are vehicle batteries properly charged?


ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
HIGH
Faria 00 00000
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04193
2. Move TRANSMISSION (CB11) switch to ON position.

IGNITION
SWITCH IGNITION GRID
HEATER
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
ENGINE FIRE BLACKOUT OFF ON OFF ON TL1
OVERRIDE
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
MASTER PANEL
BRT
UNLOCK
ON ON ON ON
OFF ON
CENTRAL
TIRE
INFLATION
OFF ON
TRANSMISSION
TL5
G
POWER DIM
CB5
OFF ON
CB11
OFF ON AIR DRYER
BIT

INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
SWITCH DE-ICE NBC-FAN LAMP TEST TURRET
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12 WASH/WIPER MOT
BREAKER (CB11)
ASV04201
Figure 8. Transmission Circuit Breaker to On Position - Test 9.
3. Verify pushbutton shift selector is in neutral (N) position.
0066-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
S M
E O
L N
I
E T
C O
T R
MODE
NEUTRAL
ASV01489
Figure 9. Shift Selector to Neutral Position - Test 9.
4. Move IGNITION switch to RUN position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
IGNITION
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04221
Figure 10. Ignition Switch to Run Position - Test 9.
5. Observe voltmeter gauge reading.
80 3.5
4WD 125
175
225 25
50
75 24 32
16
40 120 0 7
YEL BLU GRN

C/F BAR PSI
TEMP OIL VOLTS

VOLTMETER
30 40
TEMP OIL VOLTS
50
60 70
GAUGE
40 80
40
30
20 50 30 50 90
20
km/h 60
20 10 MPH 100
FUEL FUEL 70
TACH 10 110
10 60 0
000 USA USA 0000000
ASV01490
Figure 11. Voltmeter Gauge - Test 9.
6. Ensure that voltmeter gauge reads in green zone (24 - 32 vdc).

7. Move IGNITION switch to OFF position.
0066-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
1 ON 2 3MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
Rockwell
IGNITION GRID MASTER TURRET ENGINE FIRE BLACKOUT TL1

HEATER POWER POWER OVERRIDE HEATER/
WASH START OFF ON OFF ON HEATER/
ON AC AC
CB1 CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
CONTROL TL3
NBC HTR.
OFF ON 1/2 SPARE
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
0 120
KILOMETERS
Faria 0000000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
IGNITION OFF OFF SEATS SPARE G

GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
SWITCH
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01263
Figure 12. Ignition Switch to Off Position - Test 9.
8. Move TRANSMISSION (CB11) switch to OFF position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
BREAKER SWITCH
(CB11) ASV01488
Figure 13. Transmission Circuit Breaker to Off Position - Test 9.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
Are vehicle batteries properly charged?
0066-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0066
DECISION
No - Start vehicle to charge batteries. (TM 9-2320-307-10) If batteries do not charge, notify maintenance
personnel that batteries do not charge.
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire electrically.
TEST 10 - Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?

Ensure that M48 .50-cal. machine gun fires electrically. (WP 0029)
Does M48 .50-cal. machine gun fire electrically?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that M48 .50-cal. machine gun does not fire electrically.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0066-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0067
GRENADE LAUNCHERS - GRENADE LAUNCHER CONTROL FAILS
INITIAL SETUP:

Grenade Launchers (WP 0030) Engine off. (WP 0079)
GRENADE LAUNCHERS - GRENADE LAUNCHER CONTROL FAILS
TEST 1 - Does smoke grenade(s) fire after a 20-second waiting period?

1. Wait 20 seconds after first attempt to fire smoke grenade.
2. Ensure SMOKE GRENADE arm/off switch is in arm position.
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
350 355 0
340 345
335
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
SMOKE GRENADE
ARM/OFF SWITCH
ASV04747
Figure 1. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Arm Position - Test 1.
3. Attempt to fire smoke grenade. (WP 0030)
Does smoke grenade(s) fire after a 20-second waiting period?
DECISION
No - Go to test 2. (Test 2 - Does smoke grenade fire after reseating in launcher tube?)
0067-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0067
TEST 2 - Does smoke grenade fire after reseating in launcher tube?
WARNING
• Removal of grenades from launcher tubes is dangerous and must be performed by

qualified trained personnel. A grenade that was fired, but remained in launcher tube, must
NOT be removed for a period of at least five minutes. Keep turret hatches closed during
this time. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
• Ensure all doors and turret hatches are closed and latched prior to grenade unloading.
NOTE
• A hangfire is a temporary failure or delay in the action of the propellant charge.
• A misfire is the failure of a grenade to launch from discharger tube or smoke grenade
canister to eject from the grenade tube.
• A dud is a grenade that has fired its payload from a grenade tube but one or more of the
canisters have failed to burn or explode. A dud is a grenade that failed to disperse its
payload once it was launched.
1. Wait 5 minutes before proceeding to next step.
2. Ensure SMOKE GRENADE arm/off switch is in off position.
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
350 355 0
340 345
335
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
SMOKE GRENADE
ARM/OFF SWITCH
ASV04747
Figure 2. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Off Position - Test 2.
3. Ensure smoke grenade is firmly seated in launcher tube.
0067-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0067
4. Turn smoke grenade slightly to ensure proper electrical contact.

5. Move SMOKE GRENADE arm/off switch to arm position.
6. Attempt to fire smoke grenade. (WP 0030)
Does smoke grenade fire after reseating in launcher tube?
DECISION
No - Go to test 3. (Test 3 - Does smoke grenade fire from different grenade discharger tube?)
TEST 3 - Does smoke grenade fire from different grenade discharger tube?
1. Move SMOKE GRENADE arm/off switch to off position.
GUNNER’S
CONTROL
PANEL
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL
ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
350 355 0
340 345
335
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
SMOKE GRENADE
ARM/OFF SWITCH
ASV04747
Figure 3. Gunner's Control Panel Smoke Grenade Switch to Off Position - Test 3.
NOTE
When moving grenade, ensure to hold grenade away from body and pointed down range.
2. Move grenade to different grenade launcher tube.
3. Move SMOKE GRENADE arm/off switch to arm position.
4. Attempt to fire grenade from different grenade launcher.
Does smoke grenade fire from different grenade discharger tube?
DECISION
No - Treat grenade as a dud and follow local SOP. In a training situation, wait 15 minutes until notifying EOD
personnel. Give them the type, quantity, and precise location of the hold. Obtain new grenade and verify problem
is solved. (Test 5 - Does smoke grenade fire?)
Yes - Notify maintenance personnel of defective discharger tube.
0067-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0067
TEST 4 - Is turret electrical harness connector tightly secured to smoke grenade launcher assembly
receptacle?

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
TURRET UNLOCK
GRN
OFF ON
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
CB10
OFF ON TL5
TIRE G
POWER
PANEL TRANSMISSION
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
OFF OFF OFF
SWITCH
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV04183
Figure 4. Gunner's Control Panel Turret Power Switch to Off Position - Test 4.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
DE-ICE HEAT/AC
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7

1 ON
BRT
4
7
2
8
3MENU
9 OFF ON OFF ON TL2

OFF
WP POS NAV
OFF
CLR 0
OFF
NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
SWITCH
Rockwell
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS

P
P
ON ON CB2 CB8
WASH
IGNITION
START
GRID
HEATER
ON
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF
CB1
ON
HEATER/
AC OFF ON HEATER/
AC
TL1
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
TL3
SEATS
CONTROL
NBC HTR.
OFF OFF SPARE

OFF ON SPARE
G
OFF OFF 1/2
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75
16
24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
GRID HEAT
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
FUEL PUMP
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
CB3 CB9
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ENGINE BOTTLE
0 KILOMETERS 120
Faria 00 00000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL B.O. STOP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01581
3. Ensure that turret electrical harness connector is tightly secured to smoke grenade launcher assembly
receptacle.
SMOKE GRENADE
LAUNCHER
ASSEMBLY
TURRET
ELECTRICAL
HARNESS
ASV01801
Figure 6. Smoke Grenade Launcher Assembly Harness Connector - Test 4.
Is turret electrical harness connector tightly secured to smoke grenade launcher assembly receptacle?
0067-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0067
DECISION
No - Tightly secure turret electrical harness connector to smoke grenade launcher assembly receptacle. Verify
problem is solved. (Test 5 - Does smoke grenade fire?)
Yes - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that grenade launcher control fails.
TEST 5 - Does smoke grenade fire?

Attempt to fire smoke grenade. (WP 0030)
Does smoke grenade fire?
DECISION
No - Problem not found. Notify maintenance personnel that grenade launcher control fails.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0067-5/0067-6 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 4
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND

SERVICES (PMCS)
TM 9-2320-309-10 0068
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION
NOTE
• Tools supplied on the ASV are to be used for Preventive Maintenance Checks and
Services (PMCS). Rags are also required for removing dirt and grease.
• PMCS intervals should be performed more frequently when operating under unusual
conditions.
• Turret with item deficiencies noted during PMCS may still be operated under specific
limitations as directed by higher authority or as prescribed locally until corrective action
can be accomplished.
This section contains Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) requirements for the Armored Security
Vehicles (ASV). The PMCS tables contain checks and services necessary to ensure that the vehicle is ready for
operation. Maintenance is performed at specified intervals using the PMCS tables.
Inspecting for good condition is generally a visual inspection to determine if components are safe or serviceable.
Components in good condition are: not bent or twisted, chafed or burned, broken or cracked. There should be no
signs of wear, fraying, dents, collapsing, tears, cuts, or deterioration.
Damage is any condition that affects safety or prevents a part or assembly from functioning normally, or would render
the vehicle unserviceable for mission requirements.
MAINTENANCE RECORDS AND FORMS
Every mission begins and ends with paperwork. There is not much of it, but it must be kept up. The completed forms
and records have several uses. They are permanent record of services, repairs, and modifications made to the
vehicle. They are reports to maintenance personnel, and to the Commander. They serve as a checklist to track
previous vehicle malfunctions and repair actions. For the information needed on forms and records, refer
to DA PAM 750-8.
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE
• Cleanliness: Dirt, grease, oil, and debris can conceal serious problems. Use solvent cleaning compound on all
metal surfaces and soapy water on rubber.
• Bolts, Nuts, and Screws: Check for loose bolts, nuts, and screws, as well as for those that are missing, bent,
or broken, and tighten or replace as necessary. If parts cannot be checked with a tool, look for signs of chipped
paint, bare metal, or rust around bolt heads.
• Welds: Look for loose or chipped paint, rust, or gaps where parts are welded together. If a damaged weld is
discovered, have it repaired.
• Electric Wires and Connectors: Look for cracked or broken insulation, bare wires, and loose or broken
connectors. Tighten loose connectors, and ensure wires are in good working condition.
• Hydraulic Lines and Fittings: Look for signs of wear, damage, and leaks. Ensure clamps and fittings are tight.
Wet spots, as well as stains around fittings and connectors can indicate leaks. If a connector or fitting is loose,
tighten it. If something is broken or worn out, repair or replace per applicable procedure.
• Armor and Spall Liners: Look for cracks and damage. Cracks may be indicated by chipping paint. Look for
loose mounting nuts. Tighten loose nuts.
0068-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0068
GENERAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURE - Continued
FLUID LEAKAGE
It is necessary to know how fluid leakage affects the status of fuel, oil, coolant, and the hydraulic systems.
NOTE
Equipment operation is allowable with minor leakage (Class I or Class II). Fluid capacity must
be considered when inspecting an item or system. If leakage class is questionable, notify the
supervisor. When operating with Class I or Class II leaks, continue to check fluid levels as
required in the PMCS. Class III leaks should be repaired per applicable procedure.
• Class I: Seepage of fluid (as indicated by wetness or discoloration) not sufficient enough to form drops.
• Class II: Leakage of fluid sufficient enough to form drops, but not sufficient enough cause drops to drip from
item being inspected.
• Class III: Leakage of fluid sufficient enough to form drops that fall from the item being inspected.
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS
• During adverse weather or unusually dusty conditions, lubrication servicing may be required on a daily basis.
• After fording operations, lubricate all lubrication points below fording line.
• Lubrication instructions are contained in the Field Level Maintenance PMCS table. All lubrication instructions are mandatory.
PMCS COLUMN DESCRIPTION
The PMCS table columns are described as follows:
Item Number
The order that PMCS should be performed; used when recording results of PMCS and DA Form 2404 and completing
the TM Number column on DA Form 5988-E, Equipment Inspection and Maintenance (Electronic) Worksheet.
Interval
Lists the interval at which the check or service is to be performed.
Item to be Inspected
Lists the item being checked or serviced.
Procedures
Description of the procedure for the check or service.
Equipment Not Ready or Available If

Gives a description of a condition that renders the vehicle not mission capable.
0068-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0068
PMCS COLUMN DESCRIPTION - Continued
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
For each service interval, perform all checks and services listed and all checks and services associated with any
lower service intervals.
• Before: Do the Before (B) PMCS just before operating the vehicle. Pay attention to the CAUTIONS and
WARNINGS.
• During: Do the during (D) PMCS while vehicle or its component system are in operation. Pay attention to the
CAUTIONS and WARNINGS.
• After: Do the After (A) PMCS after operating the vehicle. Pay attention to the CAUTIONS and WARNINGS.
Always perform PMCS in the same order, every time. Once practiced, problems can be spotted quickly.
If malfunctions occur, attempt to repair using instructions in the Troubleshooting section of this Technical Manual.
If there appears to be a problem or malfunction that cannot be repaired immediately, complete either
DA Form 5988-E or DA Form 2404.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0068-3/0068-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INITIAL SETUP:

Components of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue TM 9-2320-307-10
Items (BII) Lists (WP 0076)
Table 1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
Item to be
Item Checked or Equipment Not
No. Interval Serviced Procedure Ready/Available If:
1 Before Turret Visually inspect turret for damage. Inspect and Hatch cannot be
test operation of hatch and latch. Check for loose secured in
interior panels, covers, and pads and condition closed position
of seat and seals. or severe turret
damage has oc-
curred.
CAUTION
Do not over-torque spanner nuts or
stress cracking in panel may occur.
Failure to comply may result in dam-
age to equipment.
2 Before Armor Visually inspect panels for signs of damage. Panels are
Panels Check all panel spanner nuts are tightly secured. damaged.
Torque spanner nuts between 14 -17 lb-ft (19 -
23 N·m) with spanner wrench.
WARNING
Use caution when stepping onto vehi-

cle and turret. Worn anti-skid surfaces
can be slippery, creating a hazardous
condition. Failure to comply may result
0069-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Table 1. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) - Continued
Item to be
3 Before Non-Skid Visually inspect painted anti-skid surfaces. Paint is smooth

Paint Ensure paint is in good condition and free of or worn away.
smooth spots.
4 Before/After Spent Visually inspect spent cartridge bag (1) for tears, Cuts, holes, or
Cartridge rips, or broken zipper. Ensure clamp (2) tightly tears in hose;
Bag secures hose (3) to ejection chute. Visually rips or broken
inspect hose (3) for cuts and holes. zipper in spent
cartridge bag.
3 2
ASV01636
Figure 1. PMCS Before Checks - Spent Cartridge Bag.
5 Before Electrical Visually inspect turret electrical wiring, Wiring or con-

Wiring and connectors and shielding for signs of damage. nectors are
Slip ring Ensure slip ring anchor mounting hardware and damaged.
Anchor ground wire are tightly secured. Loose slip ring
anchor.
WARNING
Ensure hands and fingers are clear of

pinch points when adjusting seats up,
down, or back. Failure to comply may
6 Before Gunner's Test operation of gunner's seat (4) height Gunner's seat
Seat adjustment. does not lock in-
0069-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
to position or is
difficult to move.
4
5
ASV01638
Figure 2. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Seat.
7 Before Seat Belt Inspect seat belt (5) for proper function. Seat belt does
not operate.
8 Before/After Gunner's Test operation of gunner's hatch and ensure Hatch fails to
Hatch hatch lock holds in all lock positions. open or lock
closed.
9 Before Periscopes Visually inspect periscope mirrors (6) for cracks. Periscope mir-
Ensure that periscope mirrors (6) can be rors are cracked
adjusted and secured. or cannot be ad-
justed and se-
cured.
0069-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
ASV01641
Figure 3. PMCS Before Checks - Periscopes.
WARNING
Ensure weapons are unloaded and in

the safe mode before performing ele-
vation tests and firing circuit test. Fail-
ure to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
10 Before Elevation Fully elevate and depress mantlets to ensure Mantlets will not
Control smooth operation. Ensure elevation control elevate or de-
handle (7) is not hard to turn and moves freely. press. Elevation
control handle
does not move
freely.
0069-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
ASV01644
Figure 4. PMCS Before Checks - Elevation Control Handle.
NOTE
Linked ammunition must be clean and
free of foreign matter to prevent weap-
on jamming.
11 Before Ammunition Visually inspect interior of ammunition boxes for Ammunition

Boxes obstructions or defects that may interfere with boxes have ob-
ammunition feed. Ensure all boxes and covers structions or de-
are latched in place and secure. fects. Ammuni-
tion boxes not
secure.
12 Before CVC Perform an operational check of all intercom Internal commu-

positions. nication system
does not oper-
ate.
CAUTION
Panel switches are also circuit break-
ers. A circuit overload will cause a
switch to move to off position during
operation. Do not hold switch in on po-
sition, or damage to electrical circuit or
components may result. Notify main-
tenance personnel if switch fails to
move to off position. Failure to comply
0069-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
13 Before Control Test operation of all switches on turret control Any switch is in-
Panels panel (8) and gunner's control panel (9). operative.

OFF OFF OFF OFF
ASV01650
Figure 5. PMCS Before Checks - Turret Control Panel.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01649
Figure 6. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Control Panel.
0069-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
14 Before Interior Light Test operation of interior light (10) in all switch Any light is inop-
positions. erative.
10
ASV01648
Figure 7. PMCS Before Checks - Interior Light.
CAUTION
Before traversing turret, ensure area is
clear of obstacles. Failure to comply
15 Before Traverse Traverse turret 360-degrees in both directions, Traverse unit

Control checking for smooth operation. Test both power does not oper-
and manual traverse operation. ate under power
or manually.
Traverse opera-
tion is noisy.
0069-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
WARNING
• Turning turret override on overides

all of the safety features of the
inhibitor switches. Turn this switch
on only during PMCS to test the
switches or during actual combat
to override damaged sensors.
Failure to comply may result in
• Ensure crewmembers are clear of
hatch openings and the top of the
hull before moving the turret under
power. Driver's and commander's
hatches should be closed. Failure
to comply may result in injury or
death to personnel.
16 Before/ Turret With driver's and commander's hatches closed

During Override and locked down, test for interruption of machine
Switch gun solenoids while traversing with TURRET
OVERRIDE switch (11) in off position and
weapons fully depressed over rear deck. Fire
inhibitor should activate as weapons pass over
rear deck. Perform second test, traversing with
TURRET OVERRIDE switch (11) in on position.
As weapons pass over rear deck, the fire inhibit
should not activate.
0069-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
BLACKOUT OFF ON OFF ON TL1

OVERRIDE
DE-ICE HEAT/AC G
RED
CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
SEATS SPARE G
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
CB3 CB9
OFF ON OFF ON TL4
RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CB4 CB10
OFF ON OFF ON TL5
CENTRAL
TIRE TRANSMISSION G
INFLATION
CB5 CB11 BIT
INTERVEHICULAR
RADIO AUX PWR RCPT
TURRET WASH/WIPER MOT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01655
11
Figure 8. PMCS Before Checks - Turret Override.
1. With driver's and/or commander's hatches TURRET

open, ensure that turret power traverse is OVERRIDE
inhibited while TURRET OVERRIDE switch switch is opera-
(11) is in off position. Perform second test, ble.
ensuring that power traverse is operable
with TURRET OVERRIDE switch in on
position.
2. Upon completion of this PMCS task, move TURRET

TURRET OVERRIDE switch (11) to off OVERRIDE
position IMMEDIATELY. switch is inoper-
able.
17 Before Machine Gun Position mantlets above zero degrees elevation. ARMED indica-
Firing Circuit Move machine gun arming switch to 40 MM tor lamp or FIR-
ARMED position. Move LAST ROUND ING RELAY ON
OVERRIDE switch to override position. Depress lamp does not il-
and hold pushbutton trigger switch while luminate with ei-
traversing turret to ensure machine gun ther weapon se-
solenoids are actuated throughout complete lected. Weapon
rotation of turret. Move machine gun arming solenoid does
switch to .50 CAL ARMED position and repeat not operate.
test.
0069-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
18 Before LAST Ensure that LAST ROUND indicator lamp (12) LAST ROUND
ROUND illuminates when last round of 40-mm indicator lamp
OVERRIDE ammunition passes last round switch in 40-mm does not illumi-
Switch ready rack. Ensure that LAST ROUND indicator nate when am-
lamp (12) does not illuminate when LAST munition box
ROUND OVERRIDE switch (13) is moved to on flapper switch is
position. released.
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

12 ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND
OVERRIDE
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
13 14 ASV01659
Figure 9. PMCS Before Checks - Last Round Override.
19 Before Inhibit Zone With all hatches and doors closed, ensure that False INHIBIT
INHIBIT indicator lamp (14) does not illuminate lamp illumina-
throughout full turret traverse. Alternately open ted. False IN-
hatch or door, and ensure that INHIBIT indicator HIBIT lamp not
lamp (14) illuminates as turret traverses over illuminated.
open hatch or door.
20 Before Exhaust Move EXHAUST BLOWER switch (15) to on Exhaust blower

Blower position, and test operation of exhaust blower. does not oper-
ate.
0069-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be

OFF OFF OFF OFF
16 15 ASV04311
Figure 10. PMCS Before Checks - Exhaust Blower.
21 Before Spotlight Move SPOT LIGHT switch (16) to on position Spotlight does
and test operation of spotlight. not illuminate.
22 Before Smoke Close gunner's hatch. Move SMOKE SMOKE GRE-

Grenade GRENADES arming switch (17) up to arm NADES arming
Launchers smoke grenade launchers. SMOKE switch does not
GRENADES arming switch (17) will remain in move to un-
armed position and armed indicator lamp (18) armed position
will illuminate. Open gunner's hatch. SMOKE when hatch is
GRENADES arming switch (17) will return to opened or does
unarmed position automatically and armed not remain in
indicator lamp (18) will not illuminate. armed position
when hatch is
closed.
0069-11
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
LAST 40 MM .50 CAL

ARMED ALL

RELAY
ON
LAST
ROUND 18
OVERRIDE
17
INHIBIT LEFT RIGHT
ASV01665
Figure 11. PMCS Before Checks - Smoke Grenade Launchers.
23 Before NBC System Ensure NBC system operates properly and NBC unit inop-
provides adequate air flow. (TM 9-2320-307-10) erative.
CAUTION
Do NOT operate night sight with a light
source present and sight cover open or
damage to passive elbow will occur.
Failure to comply may result in dam-
age to equipment.
24 Before Gunner's Visually inspect gunner's sight reticles (19) for Condensation
Sight condensation. Ensure sight cover is closed, and blocks view, or
verify gunner's night sight operates properly. gunner's night
sight is inopera-
ble.
0069-12
TM 9-2320-309-10 0069
Item to be
CAL .50 40MM

40 30 20 10 10 20 30 40 19
4 6 10 14 16 1819 20
8
10 1
12
14
2
16
18
3
20
ASV04776
Figure 12. PMCS Before Checks - Gunner's Sight.
CAUTION
Do not use water, steam, or air under
high pressure for cleaning turret interi-
or. Failure to comply may result in
damage to equipment.
25 After Cleaning Clean sight, periscopes, and turret exterior and Viewing from
interior to prevent accumulation of mud, sand, sight or peri-
grease, and oil. scopes is ob-
structed.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0069-13/0069-14 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 5
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-2320-309-10 0070
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Cloth, Lint-free (WP 0077, Table 1, Item 1)
CLEAN TURRET EXTERIOR
CAUTION
Do not use water, steam, or air under high pressure for cleaning turret exterior. Failure to
1. Wash exterior of vehicle turret with cool or warm water and low pressure to remove dirt, stones, or other debris
that may scratch or damage turret exterior and armor panels. Do not use strong detergent or abrasives.
2. While cleaning turret exterior, look closely for rust, corrosion, bare metal, or other damage. Report any damage
to maintenance personnel.
3. Clean outer glass of turret periscopes with clean, lint-free cloth to prevent damage and ensure view is clear
and clean.
4. Clean exterior of gunner's M36E3 day/night sight head glass with clean, lint-free cloth. Remove all dirt and
debris from sight cover housing.
END OF TASK
CLEAN TURRET INTERIOR
CAUTION
Do not use water, steam, or air under high pressure for cleaning turret interior. Failure to
1. Remove any accumulation of loose dust, dirt, and debris from turret interior and components with clean, lint-
free cloth.
2. While cleaning vehicle turret interior, look closely for damaged electrical connections, cables, corrosion, or
other damage. Report any damage to maintenance personnel.
3. Clean gunner's seat cushion and seat belt with clean, lint-free cloth and warm water. Do not use abrasives or
solvents. Wipe gunner's seat cushion and seat belt dry.
4. Clean turret periscopes, periscope mirrors, gunner's day sight eyepiece, and night eyepiece with clean, lint-
free cloth.
5. Wipe turret control panels free of dirt with clean, dry, lint-free cloth. Do not use abrasives or solvents.
6. Remove loose dirt, dust, and debris from ammunition stowage boxes with clean, lint-free cloth.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0070-1/0070-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0071
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
1. The operator follows instructions and performs vehicle maintenance as described in the Field Level
Maintenance Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) according to time or mileage intervals.
Included is a lubrication chart that specifies the types of lubricants and locations for service under normal
operating conditions. Abnormal conditions, such as extreme temperature, prolonged periods of high-speed
operation, and continuous operation in sand, dust, or mud call for more frequent lubrication.
2. Crewmembers lubricate specific points listed in Field Level Maintenance PMCS tables under the supervision
of field maintenance personnel.
3. Oil can points, including door hinges and latches, control clevises and pins, control levers, cables, and moving
seat parts, are lubricated at prescribed intervals or as operating conditions require. In addition, machine gun
moving parts are lubricated. Lubrication points should be wiped clean prior to servicing and after servicing.
Grease fittings should be cleaned of grease and foreign matter before grease gun is used.
4. Excess oil absorbs contaminants and should be removed from surfaces after application. Lubricant that has
been contaminated by sand or dirt has become an abrasive mixture that causes rapid wear and damage.
5. Grease fittings and oil can points outside the vehicle turret should be lubricated after washing. If the vehicle
fords a water obstacle, the lubrication points below the fording depth should be serviced and submerged
components checked for the presence of water.
6. Turn the vehicle in to maintenance for periodic PMCS and lubrication at prescribed intervals.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0071-1/0071-2 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0072
CARE, HANDLING, PRESERVATION, AND PACKING
INITIAL SETUP:
References
TM 9-1300-206
TM 9-1305-200
CARE, HANDLING, PRESERVATION, AND PACKING
WARNING
M1 .50-cal. high-pressure test cartridges can explode. Do not use them unless trained to test
fire machine gun. Ensure the right test equipment is used. Failure to comply may result in
1. Care: Always keep ammunition and grenades free of dirt, grease, fuel, sand, mud, water, snow, and ice. Do
not use damaged or faulty ammunition or grenades. For more information on disposing of damaged or faulty
ammunition and grenades, refer to TM 9-1300-206.
2. Handling: Do not expose ammunition or grenades to excessive shock, electrical discharge, or high heat.
Tracer ammunition should not be exposed to moist and hot weather for long periods of time.
3. Preservation: Keep ammunition boxes and grenade containers sealed until they are ready for use.
Ammunition removed from airtight containers, particularly in damp climates, is likely to corrode.
4. Packing: Pack unused ammunition in metal ammunition boxes. Use this ammunition first at next firing before
opening sealed containers and boxes. Do not use oil or grease to pack ammunition. Dust and other abrasives
collecting on oiled or greased ammunition can damage the operating parts of gun. Since dust and other
abrasives collecting on oiled or greased ammunition can damage the operating parts of the gun, pack unused
grenades in original containers. For more information on packing ammunition, refer to TM 9-1305-200.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0072-1/0072-2 blank
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
TYPES OF AMMUNITION
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
CLASSIFICATION AND IDENTIFICATION
This work package describes the types of ammunition used by the weapon system on the ASV.
40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 MACHINE GUN
The ammunition listed below is for the 40-mm, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun.
M385A1 Training Practice (TP): This training practice cartridge is a fixed round of ammunition consisting of a one-
piece, solid, inert, aluminum projectile body. The projectile is blue with white markings. The M385A1 is 4.4 in. (112
mm) long. This cartridge is used for practice or for test firing weapons only.
CTG 40 MM
PRACTICE M385A1
TG 40 MM PRACTICE
MM LOT
ASV00058
Figure 1. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M385A1 Training Practice (TP).
0073-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 MACHINE GUN - Continued
M383 High Explosive (HE): This cartridge is a fixed round of ammunition consisting of a one-piece, steel projectile
body filled with explosive compound. This projectile is olive drab with white markings and yellow ogive. The M383
is 4.4 in. (112 mm) long. This cartridge is used to inflict casualties on enemy personnel in the target area.
40 MM HE
CTG M383
CTG 40 MM HE M383
AMMO LOT
ASV00059
Figure 2. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M383 High Explosive (HE).
0073-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M677 High Explosive Tracer (HE-T): This cartridge is a fixed round of ammunition consisting of a one-piece, steel
projectile body filled with explosive compound. The projectile is olive drab with yellow markings and yellow ogive.
The M677 is 4.4 in. (112 mm) long. This cartridge contains a tracer element for flight-tracking purposes and is
designed to inflict casualties on enemy personnel in the target area.
40 MM HE
CTG M677
CTG 40 MM HE M677
AMMO LOT
ASV00060
Figure 3. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M677 High Explosive Tracer (HE-T).
0073-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M430 High Explosive Dual Purpose (HEDP): This cartridge is a fixed round of ammunition consisting of a one-
piece, steel projectile body filled with explosive compound. The projectile is olive drab with yellow markings and
yellow ogive. The M430 is 4.4 in. (112 mm) long. This cartridge is designed to penetrate 2 in. (50 mm) of steel armor
and inflict casualties on enemy personnel in the target area.
40 MM
HE DP
CTG M430
ASV00061
Figure 4. 40-MM, MK19 MOD 3 Machine Gun - M430 High Explosive Dual Purpose (HEDP).
END OF TASK
.50-CAL. M2HB MACHINE GUN
The ammunition listed below is for the .50-cal. M2HB Machine Gun.
M2 Armor Piercing (AP): This cartridge is used against aircraft, armored vehicles, concrete shelters, and similar
targets. The M2 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a black bullet tip.
ASV00062
Figure 5. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Armor Piercing (AP).

M8 Armor Piercing Incendiary (API): This cartridge is used against flammable and light armored or unarmored
targets. It may also be used against concrete shelters and similar bullet-resisting targets. This cartridge combines
0073-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
.50-CAL. M2HB MACHINE GUN - Continued
the functions of the M2 armor piercing and the M23 incendiary bullets. The M8 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has an
aluminum bullet tip.
ASV00062
Figure 6. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M8 Armor Piercing Incendiary (API).

M20 Armor Piercing Incendiary-Tracer (API-T): This cartridge is used against flammable and light armored or
unarmored targets. It may also be used against concrete shelters and similar bullet-resisting targets. This cartridge
is like the M8 armor piercing, incendiary cartridge and also has a tracer element. Tracer ammunition is not required
when the M20 is used in the disintegrating linked belt. The M20 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a red bullet tip with
an aluminum-colored ring at the rear of the red tip.
ASV00064
Figure 7. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M20 Armor Piercing Incendiary-Tracer (API-T).
0073-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M2 Ball: This cartridge is used against personnel and unarmored targets. The M2 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. The
bullet tip is not colored.
ASV00065
Figure 8. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Ball.

M33 Ball: This cartridge is used against personnel and unarmored targets. The M33 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. The
bullet tip is not colored.
ASV00066
Figure 9. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M33 Ball.

M1 Incendiary: Upon impact with a hardened or armored target, the incendiary composition bursts into flame and
ignites any flammable material. The M1 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a light blue bullet tip.
ASV00067
Figure 10. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 Incendiary.

M23 Incendiary: This cartridge has a higher velocity than the M1 incendiary cartridge. It is more effective for igniting
aircraft fuel. The M23 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a blue bullet tip with a light blue ring at the rear of the blue tip.
ASV00068
Figure 11. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M23 Incendiary.
0073-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M10 Tracer: The tracer leaves a visible trace beginning about 100 yards from the muzzle of the weapon. This trace
continues to a point not less than 1,600 yards (1463 meters) from the muzzle. The M10 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It
has an orange bullet tip.
ASV00069
Figure 12. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M10 Tracer.

M17 Tracer: This cartridge permits observation of the bullet’s path to the point of impact. This cartridge can be used
instead of the M20 armor piercing incendiary tracer. The penetration of the M17 is not as great as the M20. The M17
is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a brown or maroon bullet tip.
ASV00070

M1 Tracer: This cartridge is used only for training in the United States. This cartridge permits observation of the
bullet’s path to the point of impact. The M1 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. It has a red bullet tip.
ASV00071

M1 High-Pressure Test: This cartridge is used only when test firing the .50 caliber machine gun. The M1 is 5.4 in.
(138 mm) long and it has a tin-coated case. This ammunition may only be used under controlled conditions and for
special tests. Use of this ammunition is restricted.
ASV00072
Figure 15. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 High-Pressure Test.
0073-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M1 Blank: This cartridge is used to simulate firing during training exercises. The M1 is 3.9 in. (99 mm) long. The
cartridge is identified by the absence of a bullet and the presence of a crimped cartridge case mouth.
ASV00073
Figure 16. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1 Blank.

M1A1 Blank: This cartridge is used to simulate firing during training exercises. The M1A1 is 3.9 in. (99 mm) long.
The cartridge is identified by the absence of a bullet and differs from the M1 in that it has a rosette crimp at the
cartridge case mouth.
ASV00074
Figure 17. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M1A1 Blank.

M2 Dummy: This cartridge is used for practice loading, simulated firing, inspecting, and testing the mechanism of
the weapon. The M2 is 5.4 in. (138 mm) long. There are three holes drilled into the side of the cartridge case.
ASV00075
Figure 18. .50-Cal. M2HB Machine Gun - M2 Dummy.
0073-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
END OF TASK
M257 GRENADE LAUNCHER.
The ammunition listed below is for the M257 Grenade Launcher.

UK L8A1 (RP) Smoke Screen Grenade: This grenade consists of a rubber cylindrical body and metal base. The
metal base contains the electrical firing clips, fuze, and a propellant charge of black powder. The rubber body contains
a smoke composition of red phosphorus (RP) butyl rubber pellets. It is used as a smoke screen that will reduce direct
visual observation of the vehicle during battle conditions. It is capable of laying a white smoke screen for
approximately one to three minutes, depending on weather conditions. The L8A1 is approximately 2.6 in. (66 mm)
in diameter and 7.2 in. (183 mm) long.
GREN DISCHARGE
SMK SCR L8A1
ASV00076
Figure 19. M257 Grenade Launcher - UK L8A1 (RP) Smoke Screen Grenade.
0073-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0073
M257 GRENADE LAUNCHER. - Continued
UK L8A3 (RP) Red Phosphorus Smoke Screen Grenade: The differences between the L8A1 and the L8A3 is the
1/4-second increased burn time and the smoke composition inside the rubber body that generates a faster and more
dense smoke cloud. This grenade consists of a rubber cylindrical body and metal base. The metal base contains
the electrical firing clips, fuze, and a propellant charge of black powder. The rubber body contains a smoke
composition of red phosphorus (RP) butyl rubber pellets. It is used as a smoke screen that will reduce direct visual
observation of the vehicle during battle conditions. It is capable of laying a white smoke screen for approximately
one to three minutes, depending on weather conditions. The L8A3 is approximately 2.6 in. (66 mm) in diameter and
7.2 in. (183 mm) long.
GREN DISCHARGE
SMK SCR L8A3
ASV00077
Figure 20. M257 Grenade Launcher - UK L8A3 (RP) Red Phosphorus Smoke Screen Grenade.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0073-10
TM 9-2320-309-10 0074
AMMUNITION STOWAGE LOCATIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Not Applicable
AMMUNITION STOWAGE LOCATIONS
1. .50-cal. Machine Gun Ammunition: Two ammo boxes holding 100 rounds of .50-cal. ammunition each, are
stowed in two ammo trays located in the turret (1). Stowage areas are located in the hull (2) for .50-cal.
ammunition on top of the battery box cover, transfer panel cover, and in front of the transfer closeout panel.
AT4
40 MM
40 MM
40 MM
40 MM
.50 CAL.
2x40 MM
40 MM
40 MM
2x40 MM .50 CAL.
2x40 MM
40 MM
40 MM .50 C
AL.
2
1
READY 5.56 MM
ROUNDS
40 MM ASV01236
Figure 1. Ammunition Stowage Locations - .50-Cal. Machine Gun Ammunition.
2. 40-mm Machine Gun Ammunition: Turret (1) has an ammo box that holds 96 rounds of 40-mm ammunition.
Stowage areas are located in the hull (2) for 40-mm ammunition on the transfer panel cover, battery box cover,
in front of the transfer closeout panel and engine access storage area.
3. M249 Machine Gun Ammunition: Turret (1) has a stowage area for 5.56-mm ammunition.
4. AT4: Hull (2) has a stowage area in the engine access.
0074-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0074
AMMUNITION STOWAGE LOCATIONS - Continued
NOTE
Smoke grenades are loaded in the grenade launcher tubes prior to tactical and combat
operations. Stow smoke grenades in authorized ammunition storage container.
5. Smoke Grenades: Turret (1) has two smoke grenade launchers (3) with four tubes each. Each launcher holds
four smoke grenades.
1 3
ASV01242
Figure 2. Ammunition Stowage Locations - Smoke Grenades.
END OF TASK
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0074-2
TM 9-2320-309-10
CHAPTER 6
SUPPORTING INFORMATION
TM 9-2320-309-10 0075
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This work package lists all Army regulations, forms, pamphlets, field manuals, technical bulletins, and technical
manuals applicable to this manual.
Appropriate references should be checked for latest applicable changes, revisions and addendums.
ARMY REGULATIONS
AR 310-25 Dictionary of United States Army Terms
AR 310-50 Authorized Abbreviations, Brevity Codes, and Acronyms
AR 385-10 The Army Safety Program
AR 385-40 Army Accident Investigation and Reporting
AR 75-1 Malfunctions Involving Ammunition and Explosives
FORMS
DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet
DA Form 2407 Maintenance Request
DA Form 285 Accident Report
PAMPHLETS
DA PAM 25-30 Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms
DA PAM 25-33 User's Guide for Army Publications and Forms
DA PAM 710-2-1 Using Unit Supply System (Manual Procedures)
DA PAM 750-3 Soldiers' Guide for Field Maintenance Operations
DA PAM 750-8 The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual
FIELD MANUALS
FM 3-11 Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological, and
Chemical Defense Operations
FM 3-11.3 Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear Contamination Avoidance
FM 3-11.4 Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Nuclear, Biological, and
Chemical (NBC) Protection
FM 3-11.5 Multiservice Tactics, Techniques, and Procedures for Chemical, Biological,
Radiological, and Nuclear Decontamination
FM 3-19.6 Armored Security Vehicle
FM 3-34.214 Demolitions
FM 3-97.6 Mountain Operations
FM 4-25.11 First Aid
0075-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0075
FIELD MANUALS - Continued

FM 4-30.31 Recovery and Battle Damage Assessment and Repair
FM 9-207 Operations and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold Weather
FM 31-70 Basic Cold Weather Manual
FM 31-71 Northern Operations
FM 55-30 Army Motor Transport Units and Operations
TECHNICAL BULLETINS
TB 9-2300-422-20 Security of Tactical Wheeled Vehicles
TB 43-0211 AOAP Army Oil Analysis Program Guide for Leaders and Users
TB 750-651 Multi-Engine Type Cleaning Compounds and Test Kit in Engine Cooling Systems
TECHNICAL MANUALS
TM 3-4240-280-10 Operator's Manual for Mask, Chemical-Biological, ABC-M24/M25/M25A
TM 3-6680-316-10 Operator’s Manual for Tester, Airflow, Gas Particulate Filter UNIT: M39
TM 9-1005-213-10 Operator’s Manual for Machine Guns, Caliber .50
TM 9-1005-213-23&P Unit and Direct Support Manual for Machine Guns, Caliber .50
TM 9-1010-230-10 Operator's Manual for Machine Gun, 40-MM, MK 19, MOD 3
TM 9-1040-267-20&P Organizational Maintenance Manual, Launcher, Grenade, Smoke
TM 9-1300-200 Ammunition, General
TM 43-0001-27 Army Ammunition Data Sheets for Small Caliber Ammunition
TM 9-2300-422-23&P Army Oil Analysis Program (AOAP)
TM 9-2320-307-10 Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored Security Vehicle (ASV) Hull
TM 9-4910-593-12&P Operator’s and Organizational Maintenance Manual for Tow Bar
TM 9-6140-200-14 Storage Batteries, Operator’s, Organizational, DS and GS Maintenance Manual
TM 11-5820-890-10-3 Operator's Manual for Sincgars Ground Combat Net Radio
TM 11-5820-890-10-8 Operator's Manual for Sincgars Ground Combat Net Radio
TM 11-5830-263-10 Operator's Manual for Vehicular Intercommunication Set AN/VIC-3(V)
TM 11-5855-262-10-2 Operator’s Manual Night Vision Goggles, AN/PVS-7B
TM 750-244-6 Procedures for Destruction of Tank-Automotive Equipment to Prevent Enemy
Use
TM 4700-15/1 Equipment Record Procedures
TM 10004A-25&P/2C Upgunned Weapon Station
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0075-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0076
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists COEI and BII for the vehicle to help inventory items for safe and efficient operation of the
equipment.
General
The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:
Components of End Item (COEI). This list is for information purposes only and is not an authority to requisition
replacements. These items are part of the vehicle. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item
whenever it is issued or transferred between property accounts. Items of COEI are removed and separately
packaged for transportation or shipment only when necessary. Illustrations are furnished to aid in location and
identification of the items.
Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the vehicle in operation, operate it, and to do
emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the vehicle during operation and when
it is transferred between property accounts. The BII list is the authority for request/requisition of the items for
replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Illustrations are furnished to aid in location
and identification of the items.
Explanation of Columns in the COEI List and BII List

Column (1) Illus No. Gives you the number of the item illustrated.
Column (2) National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning
purposes.
Column (3) Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by
a minimum description when needed. The stowage location of COEI and BII is also located in this column. The last
line below the description is the part number and the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) (in
parentheses).
Column (4) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives a code if the item needed is not the same for different models
of equipment. These codes are identified below:
Table 1. Usable On Codes
Code Used On
There are no specific Usable On Codes at this time
Column (5) U/I. Unit of Issue (U/I) indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as per the National Stock
Numbers shown in column (2).
Column (6) Qty Rqr. Indicates the quantity required.
0076-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0076
Table 2. Components of End Item.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Description, Part Number/ Usable On Qty

Illus No. National Stock Number (NSN) (CAGEC) Code U/I Rqr
1 Refer to TM 9-2320-307-10 for

Components of End Item.
Table 3. Basic Issue Items.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
Description, Part Number/ Usable On Qty

Illus No. National Stock Number (NSN) (CAGEC) Code U/I Rqr
1 Refer to TM 9-2320-307-10 for

Basic Issue Items.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0076-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0077
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST
Introduction
Scope
This work package lists expendable supplies and materials that are needed to operate and maintain the turret. This
list is for information only and is not the authority to requisition the listed items. These items are authorized by
CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), CTA 50-909,
Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
Explanation of Entries in the Expendable/Durable Items List
Column (1) - Item No. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions
to identify the item (e.g., Use cleaning cloth (Expendable/Durable Items List)).
Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
• C -- Operator/Crew
• F -- Field Level Maintenance
• H -- Below Depot Sustainment
• D -- Depot Sustainment
Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN). This is the assigned identification number used to requisition the item.
Column (4) - Item Name, Description, Part Number/(CAGEC). This column provides the other information needed
to identify the item. The last line below the description contains the part number and the Commercial and Government
Entity Code (CAGEC), which is listed in parentheses.
Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I). Unit of Issue (U/I) code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such
as gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
0077-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0077
Table 1. Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List.
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Item National Stock

No. Level Number (NSN) Item Name, Description, Part Number/(CAGEC) U/I
1 C 7920-00-044-9281 Cloth, Cleaning Low-Lint, 10-Pound Box BX

A-A-59323 (58536)
2 C 7920-00-165-7195 Cloth, Cleaning Low-Lint, 10-Pound Box BX

A-A-59323 (58536)
3 C 5310-00-543-4385 Lockwasher HD
MS35333-46 (96906)
4 C 9150-00-949-0323 Lubricating Oil (LSAT) 8-Ounce Tube TU

MIL-L-46150 (81349)
5 C 9150-00-935-4018 Grease, Molybdenum Disulfide, (MDG) CN

MIL-G-21164 (81349)
6 C 9150-00-223-4004 Grease, Molybdenum Disulfide, (MDG) 6.5-Pound CN

MIL-G-21164 (81349)
7 C 9150-00-965-2003 Grease, Molybdenum Disulfide, (MDG) 35-Pound CN

MIL-G-21164 (81349)
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0077-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0078
WHEEL CHOCKS INSTALLATION/REMOVAL
WHEEL CHOCKS INSTALLATION
WARNING
Install wheel chocks prior to placing transmission in Neutral. Install wheel chocks from the
side of the vehicle and step away. Remain clear of vehicle from and rear as vehicle may move
unexpectedly. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
• Always chock wheels if vehicle is shut down on uneven terrain.
• Always chock wheels if vehicle parking brake is inoperative.
• Ensure local policy for chocking vehicle wheels is followed.
1. Remove two wheel chocks (1) from stowage.
ASV04671
Figure 1. Wheel Chocks - Removed from Stowage.
0078-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0078
WHEEL CHOCKS INSTALLATION - Continued
2. Place chocks (1) snugly against tread of both sides of one tire (2)
ASV01309
1
Figure 2. Wheel Chocks - Installation.
WHEEL CHOCKS REMOVAL
WARNING
Do not remove chocks that are wedged under a tire or while transmission is in Neutral. The
vehicle could roll once chock is removed. Failure to comply may result in injury or death to
personnel.
NOTE
Ensure local policy for removing wheel chocks is followed.
1. Remove chocks (1) from both sides of one tire (2).
ASV01309
1
Figure 3. Wheel Chocks - Removal.
0078-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0078
WHEEL CHOCKS REMOVAL - Continued
2. Stow chocks (1).
ASV04671
Figure 4. Wheel Chocks - Placed for Stowage.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0078-3/0078-4 blank

TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
ENGINE STARTING AND SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES
ENGINE STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Ensure TRANSMISSION switch CB11 (1) is in ON position.

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
YEL YEL RED
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF DOMELIGHTS
NBC FAN
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP RED GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
GRN SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01250
Figure 1. Engine Starting Procedure - Starting (View 1).

2. Ensure fuel crossover valve (2) is in closed position.
1 ON 2 3
MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
Rockwell

ON AC AC
CB1 CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
CONTROL TL3
NBC HTR.
OFF ON 1/2 SPARE
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
125 225 25 75 24 32 GLOBAL INST.
16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 0 7
SYSTEM LIGHTS
TL5
CENTRAL
50 70 SAN INFLATION
40
30
30 50 90
20
km/h ENGAGE AUX.
20 MPH
60
100 C C SPOOL POWER
10
OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
70
0 120
KILOMETERS
Faria 0000000
HIGH
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL
ASV01292

3. Move MASTER POWER switch (3) to ON position.
0079-1
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
ENGINE STARTING PROCEDURE - Continued

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01347
3

4. Check LEFT FUEL tank gauge (4) and RIGHT FUEL tank gauge (5) to ensure adequate fuel supply.
80 3.5
4WD 125
175
225 25
50
75 24 32
16
40 120 0 7
YEL BLU GRN

C/F BAR PSI
TEMP OIL VOLTS
TEMP OIL VOLTS

30 40 60
50 70
40 80
40
30
20 50 30 50 90
20
km/h 60
20 10 MPH 100
FUEL FUEL 70
TACH 10 110
10 60 0
000 USA USA 0000000
4 5 ASV00609

5. Ensure parking brake (6) is applied.
0079-2
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
WIPE
ENGINE STOP
OFF
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
80 3.5
125
175
225
80
25
50
75
3.5 RUN
RUN
24 32
40 4WD
120 1250
175
225 25
50 16 FLAT
FLAT
7 24 32
16
40 120
YEL BLU GRN

C/F
C/F
BAR PSI EMR
EMR
TEMP TEMP OIL OIL VOLTS VOLTS
60 SAN
TEMP VOLTS 50 70 SAN
30 40 40 60 80
50
40 70
30
30 40 50
40
9080
20
30 km/h
30
50 90 ENGAGE
20 50
20 10
20
MPH km/h
60
60
100 C C SPOOL
20 10 MPH 100
70
10 110
TACH FUEL 10
70
110
10 60 0 120
0
KILOMETERS 120
MILES HIGH
HIGH
0 00 Faria 0 0 0 00 00 00 0
0000
USA WAY
WAY
FREE
SPOOL
6 ASV01411

6. Ensure ENGINE STOP T-handle (7) is completely pushed in.
0079-3
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
1 ON 2 3
MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
Rockwell

ON AC AC
CB1 CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
CONTROL TL3
NBC HTR.
OFF ON 1/2 SPARE
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
175 50 3.5 RUN BILGE TL4
125 225
80
25 75 24 32 GLOBAL INST.
4WD 175 50 16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 1250 225 7 25
16
24 32
40 120
YEL BLU GRN SYSTEM LIGHTS

TEMP TEMP
C/F
OIL OIL VOLTS VOLTS
TEST FAULT SILENCE
TL5
CENTRAL
TEMP VOLTS 50 70 SAN INFLATION
30 40 40 60 80 ON ON ON ON CB5 CB11
50
40 70
30
30 40 50 9080
20
km/h
30
40
ENGAGE AUX.
20 50
20
30
20
MPH km/h
60
50
100
90
C C SPOOL POWER
10
20
60
100 OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
10 MPH70
TACH FUEL
10 110
70
110
OFF CB6 CB12
10 OVERRIDE
10 60 0 120
KILOMETERS
0
Faria 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0
MILES 120
HIGH
0 00
USA WAY
FREE
SPOOL
ENGINE STOP
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
ASV01426
NOTE
Shift selector indicator will not illuminate with IGNITION switch in OFF position.
7. Move IGNITION switch (8) to RUN position and ensure transmission is in neutral (N) position on transmission
shift selector panel (9).
8 IGNITION GRID
HEATER
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF ON OFF ON TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01412
0079-4
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
S M
E O
L N
I
E T
C O
T R
MODE
ASV01249
CAUTION
To prevent starter damage, do not attempt to start for more than 30 seconds continuously. If
engine does not start within 30 seconds, wait one to two minutes before starting again. Failure
to comply may result in damage to equipment.
8. Move IGNITION switch (8) to START position and lightly depress accelerator pedal (10). Release ignition
switch (8) as soon as engine starts.
8 IGNITION GRID
HEATER
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF ON OFF ON TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01412
0079-5
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
WIPE
ENGINE STOP
OFF
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
80 3.5
125
175
225
80
25
50
75
3.5 RUN
RUN
24 32
40 4WD
120 1250
175
225 7 25
50 16
24 32
FLAT
FLAT
16
40 120
YEL BLU GRN

C/F
C/F
BAR PSI EMR
EMR
60
SAN
30 40 40 60 80
70
50
40
30
30 40 50
40
9080
20
30 km/h
30
90 ENGAGE
20 50
20 10
20
MPH km/h
60
50
60
100 CC
C C SPOOL
20 10 MPH
70
100
10 110
TACH FUEL 10
70
110
10 60 0 KILOMETERS 120
0 120
Faria 0 0 0 0000 00 00 0 0 0
MILES HIGH
HIGH
0 00
USA WAY
WAY
FREE
SPOOL
10
ASV01371
CAUTION
Indications of transmission malfunction exist if do not shift (DNS) indicator does not illuminate,
or remains illuminated after vehicle is running. Do not operate vehicle in this condition.
Maintenance personnel must be notified immediately. Failure to comply may result in damage
to equipment.
NOTE
Brake accumulators require up to one minute to fully recharge when starting vehicle. Brake
system warning light should turn off. Accumulator charging valve closes when system
pressure is normal.
9. Allow engine to run at fast idle, approximately 1500 rpm, while checking gauges.
CAUTION
Do not operate vehicle if engine oil pressure is below 10 psi (0.7 bar). Oil pressure gauge
must read engine oil pressure within 30 seconds after starting vehicle. If oil pressure is
too low or gauge does not operate, notify maintenance personnel. Failure to comply may
result in damage to equipment.
NOTE
With engine at normal operating temperature, engine oil pressure at idle speed should
be 10 - 30 psi (0.7 - 2.0 bar). During vehicle operations, oil pressure should be 45 - 85
psi (3.1 - 5.9 bar).
a. Oil pressure reading must be a minimum of 10 psi (0.7 bar) as indicated on OIL pressure gauge (11).
0079-6
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
12 11 13
80 3.5
4WD 125
175
225 25
50
75 24 32
16
40 120 0 7
YEL BLU GRN

C/F BAR PSI
TEMP OIL VOLTS
TEMP OIL VOLTS

30 40 60
50 70
40 80
40
30
20 50 30 50 90
20
km/h 60
20 10 MPH 100
FUEL FUEL 70
TACH 10 110
10 60 0
000 USA USA 0000000
ASV01471
CAUTION
Maximum coolant temperature of 220°F (104°C) should not be exceeded. If maximum
temperature is exceeded, shut down the engine and notify maintenance personnel.
b. Normal operating coolant temperature should be 180 - 200°F (82 - 93°C), as indicated on engine coolant
TEMP gauge (12).
c. Ensure battery VOLTS gauge (13) is in green zone or showing slight charge.
0079-7
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
NOTE
Engine should idle for three to five minutes after stopping the vehicle to allow a gradual cool
down before shutting down engine.
1. Apply parking brake by depressing parking brake pedal (6).
WIPE
ENGINE STOP
OFF
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
80 3.5
125
175
225
80
25
50
75
3.5 RUN
RUN
24 32
40 4WD
120 1250
175
225 25
50 16 FLAT
FLAT
7 24 32
16
40 120
YEL BLU GRN

C/F
C/F
BAR PSI EMR
EMR
60 SAN
30 40 40 60 80
50
40 70
30
30 40 50
40
9080
20
30 km/h
30
50 90 ENGAGE
20 50
20 10
20
MPH km/h
60
60
100 C C SPOOL
20 10 MPH 100
70
10 110
TACH FUEL 10
70
110
10 60 0 120
0
KILOMETERS 120
MILES HIGH
HIGH
000 Faria 0 0 0 00 00 00 0
0000
USA WAY
WAY
FREE
SPOOL
6 ASV01411
Figure 12. Engine Shutdown Procedure - Shutdown (View 1).

2. Pull ENGINE STOP T-handle (7) out completely in order to shut down engine. Push ENGINE STOP T-handle
(7) in after engine shuts down.
0079-8
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued
1 ON 2 3
MENU
BRT
4 5 6
7 8 9
WP POS NAV
CLR 0 NUM
MARK OFF LOCK
ZEROIZE
Rockwell

ON AC AC
CB1 CB7
WIPE RUN
TL2
ON ON HTR. 3
HEATER
CONTROL TL3
NBC HTR.
OFF ON 1/2 SPARE
OFF OFF
CB3 CB9
80 3.5
ENGINE BOTTLE
175 80 50 3.5 RUN
RUN BILGE TL4
125 225 25 75 24 32
FLAT
GLOBAL INST.
4WD 175 50 16 FLAT PUMP
40 120 1250 225 7 25
16
24 32
40 120
YEL BLU GRN SYSTEM LIGHTS

C/F BAR PSI EMR
EMR CB4 CB10
TEMP TEMP
C/F
OIL OIL VOLTS VOLTS
TEST FAULT SILENCE
TL5
CENTRAL
SAN INFLATION
30 40 40 60 80 ON ON ON ON CB5 CB11
50
40 70
30
30 40 50 9080
20
km/h
30
40
90 ENGAGE AUX.
20 50
20
30
20
MPH km/h
60
50
100 C C SPOOL POWER

10
20
60
100 OFF ON RADIO OFF ON
10 MPH
70
TACH FUEL
10
10
110
70
110
OFF CB6 CB12
0 120
10 60 KILOMETERS
0 120
Faria 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 0 0 0
MILES HIGH
HIGH
0 00
USA WAY
WAY
FREE
SPOOL
ENGINE STOP
FRONT
HEATER
CONTROL
ASV01293

3. Move IGNITION switch (8) from RUN position to OFF position.
8 IGNITION GRID
HEATER
MASTER
POWER
TURRET
POWER
OVERRIDE
OFF ON OFF ON TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
OFF OFF OFF
NBC FAN DOMELIGHTS
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01412

4. Move MASTER POWER switch (3) to OFF position.
0079-9
TM 9-2320-309-10 0079
ENGINE SHUTDOWN - Continued

ENGINE FIRE TL1
WASH
WIPE RUN CB1 CB7
OFF ON OFF ON TL2
NBC FAN
ON ON CB2 CB8
OFF ON TL3
NBC HEAT 1/2
GRID HEAT
FUEL PUMP
MARKER LIGHT
B.O. SER
DRIVE DRIVE
PUMP GLOBAL
INHIBIT LIGHTS
POSITION G
WARN LIGHTS
SYSTEM
CENTRAL
BRT
CB5 CB11 BIT
DIM
INTERVEHICULAR
AUX PWR RCPT
OVERRIDE CB6 CB12
ASV01347
3
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0079-10
TM 9-2320-309-10
INDEX
Subject WP Sequence No.-Page No.
A
AMMUNITION STOWAGE LOCATIONS ............................................................................ WP 0074-1
C
CARE, HANDLING, PRESERVATION, AND PACKING ..................................................... WP 0072-1
CLEANING INSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................................. WP 0070-1
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS ............... WP 0076-1
E
ELEVATION CONTROL ...................................................................................................... WP 0009-1
ELEVATION CONTROL - DOES NOT ELEVATE OR DEPRESS ...................................... WP 0043-1
ENGINE STARTING AND SHUTDOWN PROCEDURES .................................................. WP 0079-1
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA .......................................................................... WP 0002-1
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST ..................................................................... WP 0077-1
G
GENERAL INFORMATION ................................................................................................. WP 0001-1
GRENADE LAUNCHERS ................................................................................................... WP 0030-1
GRENADE LAUNCHERS - GRENADE LAUNCHER CONTROL FAILS ............................ WP 0067-1
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL .......................................................................................... WP 0007-1
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - FIRING RELAY INDICATOR ILLUMINATES WHEN
TURRET CONTROL PANEL TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION WP 0053-1
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - LAST ROUND OVERRIDE SWITCH DOES NOT
REMAIN IN OVERRIDE POSITION .................................................................................... WP 0055-1
GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL - MACHINE GUN ARMING SWITCH DOES NOT STAY
ARMED WITH TURRET POWER ON ................................................................................. WP 0054-1
GUNNER'S CONTROLS ..................................................................................................... WP 0005-1
GUNNER'S HATCH ............................................................................................................ WP 0011-1
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN 15-DEGREE OR 90-DEGREE POSITION . . . WP 0040-1
GUNNER'S HATCH - DOES NOT LOCK IN CLOSED POSITION ..................................... WP 0041-1
GUNNER'S SEAT ............................................................................................................... WP 0010-1
GUNNER'S SEAT - DOES NOT LOCK INTO POSITION ................................................... WP 0038-1
GUNNER'S SEAT - SEAT DIFFICULT OR UNABLE TO UNLOCK FROM SET
POSITION ........................................................................................................................... WP 0039-1
GUNNER'S SIGHT - MOISTURE INSIDE OF SIGHT ........................................................ WP 0042-1
GUNNER’S PROCEDURE .................................................................................................. WP 0026-1
GUNNER’S SIGHT .............................................................................................................. WP 0014-1
I
INTERIOR LIGHT ................................................................................................................ WP 0012-1
INTRODUCTION - PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) . . WP 0068-1
L
LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS ........................................................................................ WP 0071-1
M
M48 .50-CAL. AMMUNITION LOADING ............................................................................. WP 0022-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK ............. WP 0063-1
Index-1
TM 9-2320-309-10
INDEX - Continued
M
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE ..................................................... WP 0065-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE ............................................................ WP 0064-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN - MACHINE GUN DOES NOT FIRE ELECTRICALLY ...... WP 0066-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN FIRING .............................................................................. WP 0029-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION ................................................................. WP 0018-1
M48 .50-CAL. MACHINE GUN REMOVAL ......................................................................... WP 0019-1
MANUAL TURRET OPERATIONS ..................................................................................... WP 0027-1
MINOR BORESIGHTING .................................................................................................... WP 0021-1
MINOR BORESIGHTING INTRODUCTION ....................................................................... WP 0020-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AMMUNITION BINDS IN AMMUNITION RACK ............. WP 0056-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - AUTOMATIC FIRING IS UNCONTROLLED .................. WP 0060-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - COVER DOES NOT CLOSE .......................................... WP 0062-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT CHARGE ..................................................... WP 0057-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - DOES NOT FIRE ............................................................ WP 0058-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - MISFIRE OF 40-MM ROUND ......................................... WP 0059-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN - WEAPON FIRES AT INTERMITTENT SPEEDS ............ WP 0061-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN AMMUNITION LOADING .................................................. WP 0023-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN FIRING .............................................................................. WP 0028-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN INSTALLATION ................................................................ WP 0016-1
MK-19 40-MM MACHINE GUN REMOVAL ........................................................................ WP 0017-1
N
NBC SYSTEM - NBC CIRCUIT BREAKERS DO NOT REMAIN IN ON POSITION ........... WP 0037-1
NBC SYSTEM - NBC HEATER BLOWS COLD AIR ........................................................... WP 0036-1
P
POWER ASSIST TRAVERSE MECHANISM - TURRET DOES NOT POWER
TRAVERSE ......................................................................................................................... WP 0044-1
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) ................................. WP 0069-1
R
REFERENCES .................................................................................................................... WP 0075-1
REPLENISHING 40-MM AMMUNITION TO LAST LINK .................................................... WP 0024-1
S
STOPPAGE IMMEDIATE ACTIONS ................................................................................... WP 0033-1
T
THEORY OF OPERATION ................................................................................................. WP 0003-1
TRAVERSE MECHANISM - DOES NOT MANUALLY TRAVERSE .................................. WP 0045-1
TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM INDEX - OPERATOR MAINTENANCE ...................... WP 0035-1
TURN TURRET POWER ON/OFF ...................................................................................... WP 0025-1
TURRET CONTROL PANEL .............................................................................................. WP 0006-1
TURRET OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION ............................. WP 0004-1
TURRET PERISCOPES ..................................................................................................... WP 0015-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH
TURRET POWER ON ......................................................................................................... WP 0051-1
Index-2
TM 9-2320-309-10
INDEX - Continued
T
TURRET POWER CONTROL - EXHAUST BLOWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN
ON POSITION ..................................................................................................................... WP 0052-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER DOES NOT OPERATE WITH TURRET
POWER ON ........................................................................................................................ WP 0049-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SIGHT POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON
POSITION ........................................................................................................................... WP 0050-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - SPOTLIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH TURRET
POWER ON ........................................................................................................................ WP 0048-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH DOES NOT REMAIN IN ON
POSITION ........................................................................................................................... WP 0046-1
TURRET POWER CONTROL - TURRET POWER SWITCH IS MOVED TO ON POSITION
BUT RETURNS TO OFF POSITION WHEN RELEASED .................................................. WP 0047-1
TURRET TRAVERSE CONTROLS .................................................................................... WP 0008-1
TYPES OF AMMUNITION .................................................................................................. WP 0073-1
U
UNLOADING SMOKE GRENADE LAUNCHERS ............................................................... WP 0031-1
UTILITY LIGHT ................................................................................................................... WP 0013-1
W
WEAPON MALFUNCTION DESCRIPTIONS ..................................................................... WP 0034-1
WEAPONS CLEARING ....................................................................................................... WP 0032-1
WHEEL CHOCKS INSTALLATION/REMOVAL .................................................................. WP 0078-1
Index-3/ Index-4 blank

RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and DATE
AND BLANK FORMS Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Date you filled out
Catalogs/Supply Manuals (SC/SM).
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4. this form.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS Your mailing address
1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7630
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE Title
Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored
TM 9-2320-309-10 30 June 2010 Security Vehicle (ASV)Turret
ITEM PAGE PARA- LINE FIGURE TABLE RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
NO. NO. GRAPH NO. * NO. NO. (Provide exact wording of recommended changes, if possible).
*Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION Signature
Your Signature
Your Name
DA FORM 2028, FEB 74 REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED. USAPPC V3.00
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U. S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command Your address Date you filled out this
ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS form
PART II – REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
TITLE Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE
TM 9-2320-309-10 30 June 2010 Security Vehicle (ASV) Turret
TOTAL NO.
PAGE COLM LINE NATIONAL STOCK REFERENCE FIGURE ITEM OF MAJOR
NO. NO. NO. NUMBER NO. NO. NO. ITEMS RECOMMENDED ACTION
SUPPORTED
SAMPLE
PART III – REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank
forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION SIGNATURE
Your Name Your Signature

USAPPC V3.00
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
U.S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command

ATTN: AMSTA-LCL-MPP/TECH PUBS
PART I – ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored Security
TM 9-2320-309-10 30 June 2010 Vehicle (ASV) Turret
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS SIGNATURE

EXTENSION
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
U. S. Army TACOM Life Cycle Management Command
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored Security
TOTAL NO.
SUPPORTED
USAPPC V3.00
For use of this form, see AR 25-30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form) (Include ZIP Code) FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER DATE TITLE Opertor's Manual for M1117 Armored Security Vehicle
TM 9-2320-309-10 30 June 2010 (ASV) Turret

TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON, PLUS SIGNATURE
EXTENSION
FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code) DATE
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
PUBLICATION NUMBER DATE TITLE Operator's Manual for M1117 Armored Security
TOTAL NO.
SUPPORTED
USAPPC V3.00

70

%\2UGHURIWKH6HFUHWDU\RIWKH$UP\

*(25*(:&$6(<-5
General, United States Army
2IILFLDO Chief of Staff

-2<&((02552:
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army

',675,%87,217REHGLVWULEXWHGLQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKWKHLQLWLDOGLVWULEXWLRQQXPEHU ,'1
UHTXLUHPHQWVIRU70

THE METRIC SYSTEM AND EQUIVALENTS
LINEAR MEASURE SQUARE MEASURE

1 Centimeter = 10 Millimeters = 0.01 Meters = 0.3937 Inches 1 Sq Centimeter = 100 Sq Millimeters = 0.155 Sq Inches
1 Meter = 100 Centimeters = 1000 Millimeters = 39.37 Inches 1 Sq Meter = 10,000 Sq Centimeters = 10.76 Sq Feet
1 Kilometer = 1000 Meters = 0.621 Miles 1 Sq Kilometer = 1,000,000 Sq Meters = 0.386 Sq Miles
WEIGHTS CUBIC MEASURE

1 Gram = 0.001 Kilograms = 1000 Milligrams = 0.035 Ounces 1 Cu Centimeter = 1000 Cu Millimeters = 0.06 Cu Inches
1 Kilogram = 1000 Grams = 2.2 Lb 1 Cu Meter = 1,000,000 Cu Centimeters = 35.31 Cu Feet
1 Metric Ton = 1000 Kilograms = 1 Megagram = 1.1 Short Tons
TEMPERATURE
LIQUID MEASURE 5/9 ( F - 32) = C
1 Milliliter = 0.001 Liters = 0.0338 Fluid Ounces 212 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 100 Celsius
1 Liter = 1000 Milliliters = 33.82 Fluid Ounces 90 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 32.2 Celsius
32 Fahrenheit is equivalent to 0 Celsius
9/5 C + 32 = F
APPROXIMATE CONVERSION FACTORS
0
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
INCHES
1 CM 2
Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.540
Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.305
Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.914
Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.609
Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . Square Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . 6.451
1
Square Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.093
Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . . Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.836
3
Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . . Square Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.590
Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Square Hectometers . . . . . . . . . . . 0.405
Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.028
4
Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.765
Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . Milliliters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29.573
Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.473
Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.946
5
2
Gallons. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.785
Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.349
Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kilograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.454
6
Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . Metric Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.907
Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.356
Pounds/Sq Inch . . . . . . . . . Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.895
7
Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.425
Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . . Kilometers per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . 1.609
3
8
TO CHANGE TO MULTIPLY BY
9
Centimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.394

Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.280
Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.094
10
4
Kilometers . . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.621

Sq Centimeters . . . . . . . . . Square Inches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.155
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . Square Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.764
11
Square Meters . . . . . . . . . . Square Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.196

Square Kilometers . . . . . . Square Miles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.386
Sq Hectometers . . . . . . . . Acres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.471
12
Cubic Meters ............. Cubic Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.315

Cubic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . Cubic Yards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.308
Milliliters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fluid Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.034
5
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.113

13
Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quarts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.057

Liters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gallons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.264
Grams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ounces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.035
14
Kilograms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.205

Metrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short Tons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.102
Newton-Meters . . . . . . . . . Pound-Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.738
15
Kilopascals . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pounds per Sq Inch . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.145

6
Km per Liter . . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Gallon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.354

Km per Hour. . . . . . . . . . . . Miles per Hour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.621

PIN:078461Ͳ000

m1117 Armored Security Vehicle (Asv) Turret

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

m1117 Armored Security Vehicle (Asv) Turret

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

m1117 Armored Security Vehicle (Asv) Turret

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

*TM 9-2320-309-10

M1117 ARMORED SECURITY VEHICLE (ASV) TURRET

       

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

FOR FIRST AID INFORMATION, REFER TO FM 4-25.11.

Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual.

WARNING ICON DESCRIPTION

Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual. - Continued

WARNING ICON DESCRIPTION

Table 1. Warning Icons Used In This Manual. - Continued

WARNING ICON DESCRIPTION

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES

TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 48 AND

Date of issue for the original manual is:

Original .................... 30 June 2010

Front Cover 0 WP 0031 (4 pages) 0

WP 0066 (8 pages) 0 WP 0073 (10 pages) 0

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS

How to Use this Manual

Chapter 1 - GENERAL INFORMATION, EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION, AND THEORY OF

GENERAL INFORMATION.......................................................................................................... WP 0001

EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA................................................................................... WP 0002

Figure 1. ASV Turret - Components............................................................. 0002-2

Table 1. Turret Components......................................................................... 0002-2

Figure 2. ASV Turret - Dimensions............................................................... 0002-4

THEORY OF OPERATION.......................................................................................................... WP 0003

Chapter 2 - OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS

TURRET OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS - GENERAL INFORMATION...................................... WP 0004

GUNNER'S CONTROLS.............................................................................................................. WP 0005

Figure 1. Gunner's Controls - Main Turret Controls...................................... 0005-1

TURRET CONTROL PANEL........................................................................................................ WP 0006

Figure 1. Turret Controls - Turret Control Panel........................................... 0006-1

Figure 2. Turret Controls - Spotlight Switch.................................................. 0006-2

GUNNER'S CONTROL PANEL.................................................................................................... WP 0007

Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 1)........................ 0007-1

Figure 2. Turret Controls - Gunner's Control Panel (View 2)........................ 0007-2

Figure 3. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Arming Switch.............................. 0007-3

Figure 4. Turret Controls - Machine Gun Inhibit Zones................................ 0007-4

Figure 5. Turret Controls - Inhibit Lamp........................................................ 0007-5

Figure 6. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Controls............................... 0007-6

Figure 7. Turret Controls - Grenade Launcher Firing Pattern....................... 0007-7

Figure 8. Turret Controls - Last Round Override.......................................... 0007-7

Figure 9. Turret Controls - Lamp Test All..................................................... 0007-8

TURRET TRAVERSE CONTROLS.............................................................................................. WP 0008

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued

Figure 3. Turret Traverse Controls - Manual Turret Traverse...................... 0008-3

ELEVATION CONTROL............................................................................................................... WP 0009

Figure 1. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 1).................................. 0009-1

Figure 2. Turret Controls - Elevation Control (View 2).................................. 0009-2

GUNNER'S SEAT......................................................................................................................... WP 0010

Figure 1. Turret Controls - Gunner's Seat (View 1)...................................... 0010-1

Figure 2. Turret Controls - Gunner's Seat (View 2)...................................... 0010-2

Figure 3. Turret Controls - Gunner's Seat (View 3)...................................... 0010-3

GUNNER'S HATCH...................................................................................................................... WP 0011

Figure 1. Gunner's Hatch (View 1)............................................................... 0011-1

Figure 2. Gunner's Hatch (View 2)............................................................... 0011-2

INTERIOR LIGHT......................................................................................................................... WP 0012

Figure 1. Interior Light (View 1).................................................................... 0012-1